40%OFFCode JMU
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$795,660,030paid to traders
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$795,660,030paid to traders
Futures Prop Firm Rule Radar
Every night Rule Radar archives the help center of every futures prop firm on the price list and shows exactly what changed: which page, which line, dated, before and after. Payout terms, consistency rules, drawdown math, activation fees: firms rewrite these without an announcement, and this is where you catch it. Updated pages open to the exact wording that changed, every article keeps a full version history you can compare, and a plain-English line on each row says what happened. Nothing here is written by the firms. It is their own help center, read every day and kept. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
Trading perpetuals instead? See the Perps Rule Radar ›
Reading the radar
Updates onlyrule edits on their own; New pages and Removed are one click away
Before and afterwhat the page said, side by side, changed words marked
Version historyevery archived copy of an article, pick any two and compare
Starredthe changes I think matter most, pinned at the top
Starred changes
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountTrailing Drawdown for $50,000 account changed from $2,250 to $2,000; table formatting reformatted for readability.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum AccountTrailing Drawdown values changed for $50,000, $100,000, and $150,000 accounts; EOD Drawdown values also changed for those tiers.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
PremierTradeDay · Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?Tradovate inactivity policy clarified; new TradeDay dormancy rule and Funded Live documentation deadline added.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading require...
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
Section: Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
− Modified on Wed, 27 May at 8:40 AM
No, we do not charge inactivity fees or have minimum trading requirements.
− However, Tradovate has its own account inactivity system. If a user does not log into their Tradovate account for more than one calendar month, Tradovate will automatically archive the account. When this happens, the account is removed from the trading platform and cannot be recovered by us or reactivated. At this time the account will be considered failed and a user will need to purchase a reset or buy a new account if they wish to continue trading.
Was this article helpful?
That’s Great!
Thank you for your feedback
Sorry! We couldn't be helpful
Thank you for your feedback
Your e-mail address
*
Let us know how can we improve this article! *
Need more information
Difficult to understand
Inaccurate/irrelevant content
Missing/broken link
After
- Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading require...
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
Section: Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
+ Modified on Wed, 30 Sep at 6:48 AM
No, we do not charge inactivity fees or have minimum trading requirements.
+ However, Tradovate has its own account inactivity system. If a user does not log into their Tradovate account for more than one calendar month, Tradovate will automatically archive the account. When this happens, the account is removed from the trading platform and cannot be recovered by us or reactivated. At this time the account will be considered failed, and a user will need to purchase a reset or buy a new account if they wish to continue trading.
+ In addition, any TradeDay account that remains dormant or inactive for 30 days will be considered inactive and may be offboarded.
+ How long do I have to submit my documentation after graduating to Funded Live?
+ Once you graduate from a Funded Sim account and are offered a Funded Live account, you will have 30 days from the date of graduation to submit the required documentation.
+ If the required documentation is not submitted within the 30-day period, the Funded Live account offer will be withdrawn.
Was this article helpful?
That’s Great!
Thank you for your feedback
Sorry! We couldn't be helpful
Thank you for your feedback
Your e-mail address
*
Let us know how can we improve this article! *
Need more information
Difficult to understand
Inaccurate/irrelevant content
Missing/broken link
- Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading require...
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
Section: Are there any inactivity fees, or minimum trading requirements?
− Modified on Wed, 27 May at 8:40 AM
+ Modified on Wed, 30 Sep at 6:48 AM
No, we do not charge inactivity fees or have minimum trading requirements.
− However, Tradovate has its own account inactivity system. If a user does not log into their Tradovate account for more than one calendar month, Tradovate will automatically archive the account. When this happens, the account is removed from the trading platform and cannot be recovered by us or reactivated. At this time the account will be considered failed and a user will need to purchase a reset or buy a new account if they wish to continue trading.
+ However, Tradovate has its own account inactivity system. If a user does not log into their Tradovate account for more than one calendar month, Tradovate will automatically archive the account. When this happens, the account is removed from the trading platform and cannot be recovered by us or reactivated. At this time the account will be considered failed, and a user will need to purchase a reset or buy a new account if they wish to continue trading.
+ In addition, any TradeDay account that remains dormant or inactive for 30 days will be considered inactive and may be offboarded.
+ How long do I have to submit my documentation after graduating to Funded Live?
+ Once you graduate from a Funded Sim account and are offered a Funded Live account, you will have 30 days from the date of graduation to submit the required documentation.
+ If the required documentation is not submitted within the 30-day period, the Funded Live account offer will be withdrawn.
Was this article helpful?
That’s Great!
Thank you for your feedback
Sorry! We couldn't be helpful
Thank you for your feedback
Your e-mail address
*
Let us know how can we improve this article! *
Need more information
Difficult to understand
Inaccurate/irrelevant content
Missing/broken link
PremierIQ Capital · Resets & Extend | IQ Capital Help CenterGerman-language content added to article covering reset parameters, rapid account closure rules, challenge time transfer, extension mechanics, and FAQ section.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A RESET resets your account balance* (both Eval and Funded) upon request for a corresponding fee. A RESET does NOT reset your time remaining. It is not the same as an "EXTEND".
*Exception: The $9 Promo cannot be reset!
Account Display Issues: If an account, such as a 50k account, is not visible in the dashboard, ensure all required agreements, like the data feed agreement, are signed. Open your dashboard on a laptop or PC and confirm the "Sign this Agreement" prompt. Once signed, the account should appear.
Activation Fees and Upgrades: After passing a Challenge, you can upgrade your account and keep it inactive until you choose to pay the activation fee. Note that this fee cannot be waived as it covers the costs associated with account activation.
Would you like to extend your account because time is running out in the evaluation phase, or because you want to continue using your Funded account? Please remember to process this extension yourself and in a timely manner. Simply use the "EXTEND" button in your dashboard.
Good to know: You can extend your account at any time. You won't lose any days! The newly booked time will simply be added exactly to the end of your current duration.
Reminder: IQ Capital sends timely email reminders and displays clear notifications in the dashboard when an extension is required. Regularly check your email and dashboard to stay informed.
Additional Information: Some accounts, such as Funded or Evaluation accounts, require manual renewal as they are not automatically extended. This gives users control over which accounts to keep. Ensure you process the extension within the 30-day renewal window to avoid expiration. Additionally, changes in payment providers may disrupt automatic billing, necessitating manual action.
After
A RESET resets your account balance* (both Eval and Funded) upon request for a corresponding fee. A RESET does NOT reset your time remaining. It is not the same as an "EXTEND".
+ Ein Reset setzt auch Parameter wie Regeln und Statistiken eines Challenge-Kontos zurück, verlängert jedoch nicht die Laufzeit.
*Exception: The $9 Promo cannot be reset!
Account Display Issues: If an account, such as a 50k account, is not visible in the dashboard, ensure all required agreements, like the data feed agreement, are signed. Open your dashboard on a laptop or PC and confirm the "Sign this Agreement" prompt. Once signed, the account should appear.
+ Rapid-Konten: Rapid-Konten werden nach der fünften Auszahlung geschlossen. Nicht ausgezahlte virtuelle Gewinne werden nicht mehr berücksichtigt, da es sich um ein simuliertes Konto handelt.
Activation Fees and Upgrades: After passing a Challenge, you can upgrade your account and keep it inactive until you choose to pay the activation fee. Note that this fee cannot be waived as it covers the costs associated with account activation.
+ Die verbleibende Laufzeit der Challenge wird 1:1 auf das Funded-Konto übertragen, ohne dass die ursprüngliche Laufzeit verlängert wird.
Would you like to extend your account because time is running out in the evaluation phase, or because you want to continue using your Funded account? Please remember to process this extension yourself and in a timely manner. Simply use the "EXTEND" button in your dashboard.
+ Die Verlängerung fügt dem Konto 30 zusätzliche Tage hinzu.
Good to know: You can extend your account at any time. You won't lose any days! The newly booked time will simply be added exactly to the end of your current duration.
+ Ohne rechtzeitige Verlängerung erlischt der Zugang zum Funded-Konto dauerhaft.
+ Häufig gestellte Fragen:
+ - Warum hat ein Funded-Konto ein Enddatum? Ein Funded-Konto ist standardmäßig 30 Tage gültig. Ohne rechtzeitige Verlängerung erlischt der Zugang dauerhaft.
+ - Was passiert mit der Verlängerungsgebühr, wenn das Konto vor Beginn der Verlängerung verloren geht? Die Gebühr ist laut AGB endgültig und nicht erstattungsfähig.
Reminder: IQ Capital sends timely email reminders and displays clear notifications in the dashboard when an extension is required. Regularly check your email and dashboard to stay informed.
Additional Information: Some accounts, such as Funded or Evaluation accounts, require manual renewal as they are not automatically extended. This gives users control over which accounts to keep. Ensure you process the extension within the 30-day renewal window to avoid expiration. Additionally, changes in payment providers may disrupt automatic billing, necessitating manual action.
+ Die Verlängerungsgebühr ist nicht erstattungsfähig, auch wenn das Konto vor Beginn der Verlängerungsperiode verloren geht.
A RESET resets your account balance* (both Eval and Funded) upon request for a corresponding fee. A RESET does NOT reset your time remaining. It is not the same as an "EXTEND".
+ Ein Reset setzt auch Parameter wie Regeln und Statistiken eines Challenge-Kontos zurück, verlängert jedoch nicht die Laufzeit.
*Exception: The $9 Promo cannot be reset!
Account Display Issues: If an account, such as a 50k account, is not visible in the dashboard, ensure all required agreements, like the data feed agreement, are signed. Open your dashboard on a laptop or PC and confirm the "Sign this Agreement" prompt. Once signed, the account should appear.
+ Rapid-Konten: Rapid-Konten werden nach der fünften Auszahlung geschlossen. Nicht ausgezahlte virtuelle Gewinne werden nicht mehr berücksichtigt, da es sich um ein simuliertes Konto handelt.
Activation Fees and Upgrades: After passing a Challenge, you can upgrade your account and keep it inactive until you choose to pay the activation fee. Note that this fee cannot be waived as it covers the costs associated with account activation.
+ Die verbleibende Laufzeit der Challenge wird 1:1 auf das Funded-Konto übertragen, ohne dass die ursprüngliche Laufzeit verlängert wird.
Would you like to extend your account because time is running out in the evaluation phase, or because you want to continue using your Funded account? Please remember to process this extension yourself and in a timely manner. Simply use the "EXTEND" button in your dashboard.
+ Die Verlängerung fügt dem Konto 30 zusätzliche Tage hinzu.
Good to know: You can extend your account at any time. You won't lose any days! The newly booked time will simply be added exactly to the end of your current duration.
+ Ohne rechtzeitige Verlängerung erlischt der Zugang zum Funded-Konto dauerhaft.
+ Häufig gestellte Fragen:
+ - Warum hat ein Funded-Konto ein Enddatum? Ein Funded-Konto ist standardmäßig 30 Tage gültig. Ohne rechtzeitige Verlängerung erlischt der Zugang dauerhaft.
+ - Was passiert mit der Verlängerungsgebühr, wenn das Konto vor Beginn der Verlängerung verloren geht? Die Gebühr ist laut AGB endgültig und nicht erstattungsfähig.
Reminder: IQ Capital sends timely email reminders and displays clear notifications in the dashboard when an extension is required. Regularly check your email and dashboard to stay informed.
Additional Information: Some accounts, such as Funded or Evaluation accounts, require manual renewal as they are not automatically extended. This gives users control over which accounts to keep. Ensure you process the extension within the 30-day renewal window to avoid expiration. Additionally, changes in payment providers may disrupt automatic billing, necessitating manual action.
+ Die Verlängerungsgebühr ist nicht erstattungsfähig, auch wenn das Konto vor Beginn der Verlängerungsperiode verloren geht.
AUnlistedAlpha Futures · How to trade with TradingView | Alpha Futures Limited Help CenterRemoved a sentence offering a direct login link for Plus500US broker connection.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Alpha Futures is excited to offer TradingView with our partners at Plus500.
To use this integration, you must have an Evaluation, or Qualified Account utilizing TradingView
You MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account will receive real-time data or be able to trade on TradingView.
In order to sign your Non-Professional Agreement, log in to AlphaTrader using the username and password provided in your dashboard in Account Information.
You can launch AlphaTrader directly from your user dashboard with the "Launch AlphaTrader" button. You may also choose to sign in directly using this link.
Once you have launched AlphaTrader, you will be prompted to sign in with the credentials provided in your “Account Info”.
Once logged in, you MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account to be able to trade on AlphaTrader . Be sure to select the 'Simulation' when prompted to select a Trading Mode.
Now, you will need to sign in to TradingView.com with your personal TradingView account credentials. If you do not have a username with TradingView you will need to first create an account to use the integration.
− Please select Plus500US under the listed brokers. Be sure to select “demo” when asked to connect. You may also login directly using this link:
Add “AlphaTrader” as the firm and input the username and password under your account info page
At this point, you are successfully connected and can enjoy trading your Alpha Futures Account(s) on TradingView through AlphaTrader integration.
After
Alpha Futures is excited to offer TradingView with our partners at Plus500.
To use this integration, you must have an Evaluation, or Qualified Account utilizing TradingView
You MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account will receive real-time data or be able to trade on TradingView.
In order to sign your Non-Professional Agreement, log in to AlphaTrader using the username and password provided in your dashboard in Account Information.
You can launch AlphaTrader directly from your user dashboard with the "Launch AlphaTrader" button. You may also choose to sign in directly using this link.
Once you have launched AlphaTrader, you will be prompted to sign in with the credentials provided in your “Account Info”.
Once logged in, you MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account to be able to trade on AlphaTrader . Be sure to select the 'Simulation' when prompted to select a Trading Mode.
Now, you will need to sign in to TradingView.com with your personal TradingView account credentials. If you do not have a username with TradingView you will need to first create an account to use the integration.
+ Please select Plus500US under the listed brokers. Be sure to select “demo” when asked to connect.
Add “AlphaTrader” as the firm and input the username and password under your account info page
At this point, you are successfully connected and can enjoy trading your Alpha Futures Account(s) on TradingView through AlphaTrader integration.
Alpha Futures is excited to offer TradingView with our partners at Plus500.
To use this integration, you must have an Evaluation, or Qualified Account utilizing TradingView
You MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account will receive real-time data or be able to trade on TradingView.
In order to sign your Non-Professional Agreement, log in to AlphaTrader using the username and password provided in your dashboard in Account Information.
You can launch AlphaTrader directly from your user dashboard with the "Launch AlphaTrader" button. You may also choose to sign in directly using this link.
Once you have launched AlphaTrader, you will be prompted to sign in with the credentials provided in your “Account Info”.
Once logged in, you MUST sign your Non-Professional Agreement before your account to be able to trade on AlphaTrader . Be sure to select the 'Simulation' when prompted to select a Trading Mode.
Now, you will need to sign in to TradingView.com with your personal TradingView account credentials. If you do not have a username with TradingView you will need to first create an account to use the integration.
− Please select Plus500US under the listed brokers. Be sure to select “demo” when asked to connect. You may also login directly using this link:
+ Please select Plus500US under the listed brokers. Be sure to select “demo” when asked to connect.
Add “AlphaTrader” as the firm and input the username and password under your account info page
At this point, you are successfully connected and can enjoy trading your Alpha Futures Account(s) on TradingView through AlphaTrader integration.
AUnlistedAlpha Futures · Trading Platforms | Alpha Futures Limited Help CenterAlphaTrader mobile application status changed from in development to available.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
− - available on web (mobile application in development)
- TradingView
- Connection powered by Plus500
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
After
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
+ - available on web and mobile app
- TradingView
- Connection powered by Plus500
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
− - available on web (mobile application in development)
+ - available on web and mobile app
- TradingView
- Connection powered by Plus500
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
TUnlistedTraders Launch · FAQ - Traders LaunchStandard account profit split changed from 55% to 60%, and phaseout language about Legacy NYC accounts removed.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
− For our standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
− Standard 55% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
− After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Section: What are the payout rules?
− Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep 55% or 80% of profits based on the plan you chose when you purchased. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
− Our standard 55% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. NYC accounts are planned to be phased out; no retirement date has been announced. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
After
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
+ For our standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
+ Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
+ Standard 60% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Section: What are the payout rules?
+ Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose when you purchased: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
+ Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
− For our standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
+ For our standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
+ Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
− Standard 55% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
+ Standard 60% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
− After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Section: What are the payout rules?
− Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep 55% or 80% of profits based on the plan you chose when you purchased. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
+ Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose when you purchased: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
− Our standard 55% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. NYC accounts are planned to be phased out; no retirement date has been announced. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
+ Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved discount on first purchase in Elite-Only Mode; all purchases now at full price.Sep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders whose accounts were purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the Legacy Live program and the Elite Live program. Accounts purchased on or after December 3, 2025 follow the Elite Live program only. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
− Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. A discount is available on your first individual purchase in this mode, but it applies to single accounts only — bundles are excluded. After that first discounted purchase, all subsequent purchases are at full price.
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
After
Traders whose accounts were purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the Legacy Live program and the Elite Live program. Accounts purchased on or after December 3, 2025 follow the Elite Live program only. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
+ Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. No Discount will be available to use. all purchases are at full price.
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
Traders whose accounts were purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the Legacy Live program and the Elite Live program. Accounts purchased on or after December 3, 2025 follow the Elite Live program only. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
− Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. A discount is available on your first individual purchase in this mode, but it applies to single accounts only — bundles are excluded. After that first discounted purchase, all subsequent purchases are at full price.
+ Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. No Discount will be available to use. all purchases are at full price.
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the prohibited trading strategies of FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterWording onlySep 30
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
Hedging manipulation is any strategy that opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both legs track the same underlying, one is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, whatever the market does. FundedNext Futures prohibits two forms of this: reverse hedging and coordinated hedging.
Reverse Hedging
Reverse hedging is when a single trader, a single beneficial owner, holds both sides of the offset, buying one and selling the other. Because the same person controls both legs, both the winning and losing outcomes accrue to them. It can be done across the trader's own accounts or within a single account.
Coordinated Hedging
Coordinated hedging is when two or more separate account holders coordinate to hold opposite sides of the same trade. No single account is internally hedged, so each looks like an ordinary directional trade. Whichever way the market moves, the group's winners are engineered to earn more than its losers forfeit. The profit comes from collusion and the reward structure, not from trading skill.
The Key Difference
In reverse hedging, one owner controls both sides, and the offset sits within a single person's account or accounts. In coordinated hedging, several distinct owners act together, no single account shows a hedge on its own, and the coordination is identifiable across the accounts involved.
Why Both Are Prohibited
Both misrepresent genuine trading performance. The offsetting positions make the outcome predetermined regardless of market direction, so neither the trader nor the group demonstrates real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. Coordinated hedging additionally involves collusion between accounts to extract funds from the firm. To prevent manipulation, both practices are prohibited.
Examples:
- Reverse hedging (across accounts): A trader opens a buy on NQ in Account A and a sell on MNQ in Account B, both under their control. Regardless of market movement, one account profits and the other loses.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
− - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
- Coordinated hedging (two coordinating account holders): Account holders A and B are separate individuals acting together. At the same time, A buys 5 NQ and B sells 3 NQ or 3 ES (Correlated Symbol). Each account, viewed alone, looks like a normal directional trade. If NQ rises, A moves toward its target while B fails; if NQ falls, the reverse.
- Coordinated hedging (scaled ring): Ten coordinating account holders open accounts; five go long NQ, and five go short NQ at matched size and timing. Whichever way the market moves, roughly five accounts hit profit and five fail, a predetermined outcome produced by collusion rather than trading skill.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
After
What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
Hedging manipulation is any strategy that opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both legs track the same underlying, one is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, whatever the market does. FundedNext Futures prohibits two forms of this: reverse hedging and coordinated hedging.
Reverse Hedging
Reverse hedging is when a single trader, a single beneficial owner, holds both sides of the offset, buying one and selling the other. Because the same person controls both legs, both the winning and losing outcomes accrue to them. It can be done across the trader's own accounts or within a single account.
Coordinated Hedging
Coordinated hedging is when two or more separate account holders coordinate to hold opposite sides of the same trade. No single account is internally hedged, so each looks like an ordinary directional trade. Whichever way the market moves, the group's winners are engineered to earn more than its losers forfeit. The profit comes from collusion and the reward structure, not from trading skill.
The Key Difference
In reverse hedging, one owner controls both sides, and the offset sits within a single person's account or accounts. In coordinated hedging, several distinct owners act together, no single account shows a hedge on its own, and the coordination is identifiable across the accounts involved.
Why Both Are Prohibited
Both misrepresent genuine trading performance. The offsetting positions make the outcome predetermined regardless of market direction, so neither the trader nor the group demonstrates real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. Coordinated hedging additionally involves collusion between accounts to extract funds from the firm. To prevent manipulation, both practices are prohibited.
Examples:
- Reverse hedging (across accounts): A trader opens a buy on NQ in Account A and a sell on MNQ in Account B, both under their control. Regardless of market movement, one account profits and the other loses.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
+ - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralizing directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
- Coordinated hedging (two coordinating account holders): Account holders A and B are separate individuals acting together. At the same time, A buys 5 NQ and B sells 3 NQ or 3 ES (Correlated Symbol). Each account, viewed alone, looks like a normal directional trade. If NQ rises, A moves toward its target while B fails; if NQ falls, the reverse.
- Coordinated hedging (scaled ring): Ten coordinating account holders open accounts; five go long NQ, and five go short NQ at matched size and timing. Whichever way the market moves, roughly five accounts hit profit and five fail, a predetermined outcome produced by collusion rather than trading skill.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
Hedging manipulation is any strategy that opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both legs track the same underlying, one is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, whatever the market does. FundedNext Futures prohibits two forms of this: reverse hedging and coordinated hedging.
Reverse Hedging
Reverse hedging is when a single trader, a single beneficial owner, holds both sides of the offset, buying one and selling the other. Because the same person controls both legs, both the winning and losing outcomes accrue to them. It can be done across the trader's own accounts or within a single account.
Coordinated Hedging
Coordinated hedging is when two or more separate account holders coordinate to hold opposite sides of the same trade. No single account is internally hedged, so each looks like an ordinary directional trade. Whichever way the market moves, the group's winners are engineered to earn more than its losers forfeit. The profit comes from collusion and the reward structure, not from trading skill.
The Key Difference
In reverse hedging, one owner controls both sides, and the offset sits within a single person's account or accounts. In coordinated hedging, several distinct owners act together, no single account shows a hedge on its own, and the coordination is identifiable across the accounts involved.
Why Both Are Prohibited
Both misrepresent genuine trading performance. The offsetting positions make the outcome predetermined regardless of market direction, so neither the trader nor the group demonstrates real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. Coordinated hedging additionally involves collusion between accounts to extract funds from the firm. To prevent manipulation, both practices are prohibited.
Examples:
- Reverse hedging (across accounts): A trader opens a buy on NQ in Account A and a sell on MNQ in Account B, both under their control. Regardless of market movement, one account profits and the other loses.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
− - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
+ - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralizing directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
- Coordinated hedging (two coordinating account holders): Account holders A and B are separate individuals acting together. At the same time, A buys 5 NQ and B sells 3 NQ or 3 ES (Correlated Symbol). Each account, viewed alone, looks like a normal directional trade. If NQ rises, A moves toward its target while B fails; if NQ falls, the reverse.
- Coordinated hedging (scaled ring): Ten coordinating account holders open accounts; five go long NQ, and five go short NQ at matched size and timing. Whichever way the market moves, roughly five accounts hit profit and five fail, a predetermined outcome produced by collusion rather than trading skill.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the prohibited trading strategies of FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterArticle expanded to distinguish reverse hedging from coordinated hedging as separate prohibited practices, with coordinated hedging defined as collusion between multiple account holders, and examples updated to illustrate both forms.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Why is Simulated-Execution Exploitation prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
When a trader deliberately exploits differences between simulated and live execution to generate profits — rather than expressing a legitimate market view — the activity is considered platform abuse rather than a valid trading strategy. This conduct most commonly appears as repeated, very short-duration trades concentrated in low-liquidity instruments. The determining factor is that the same positions could not reasonably have been established or exited under comparable live market conditions. Any strategy that systematically profits from simulation-specific execution gaps instead of genuine market movement is prohibited.
What is Tick Scalping?
Tick scalping is the repeated practice of opening and closing positions within a very short window to collect a few ticks of profit per trade from favourable simulated fills, often at large or maximum position size. An occasional fast exit driven by genuine market conditions is not considered a violation in itself.
Why is Tick Scalping prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Tick scalping becomes a concern when a strategy relies primarily on capturing minimal price fluctuations through large position sizes, favorable simulated fills, or execution characteristics that would be difficult to replicate in a live market environment. Such activity does not reflect sustainable trading skill and may be considered an exploitation of the simulated environment rather than a demonstration of genuine market analysis or risk management.
What is Latency Arbitrage?
Latency arbitrage is a high-risk trading strategy that exploits price delays between platforms, relying on speed advantages rather than market analysis. This strategy takes advantage of discrepancies in market data updates, allowing traders to enter or exit positions before others react.
Why is Latency Arbitrage prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
A trader using a faster price feed can enter trades before the slower feed updates, gaining an unfair advantage by accessing price movements ahead of other market participants. This distorts fair pricing and disrupts trading integrity. Since latency arbitrage does not reflect actual trading skills and relies on exploiting system inefficiencies, FundedNext Futures prohibits this practice to ensure a level playing field.
Example:
A trader notices that a price update on one platform is delayed by twenty milliseconds. They quickly place a trade before the lagging platform adjusts, securing a better price than traders using standard feeds. This creates an unfair advantage and manipulates pricing dynamics.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
− What is a Reverse Hedge?
− Reverse hedging is a manipulative strategy where a trader opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument, buying one while selling the other, to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both positions track the same underlying, one ticket is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, no matter which way the market moves. It can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
− Why is Reverse Hedge prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
− Reverse hedging misrepresents genuine trading performance. Because the positions offset one another on the same underlying, the outcome is predetermined regardless of market direction. The trader is not demonstrating real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. To prevent manipulation, this practice is prohibited.
Examples:
− - Across accounts: A trader opens a buy on NQ in one Account and a sell on NQ in Account B. Regardless of market movement, one account shows a profit and the other a loss.
− - Single-account: A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 10 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the net position is effectively flat, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Traders may attempt to place orders in gapped or illiquid market conditions, seeking to benefit from price inefficiencies. However, this exposes them to unpredictable execution, high slippage, and potential market manipulation. Trading in low-liquidity environments or before major market events can distort fair price discovery and disrupt market stability.
Example:
After
Why is Simulated-Execution Exploitation prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
When a trader deliberately exploits differences between simulated and live execution to generate profits — rather than expressing a legitimate market view — the activity is considered platform abuse rather than a valid trading strategy. This conduct most commonly appears as repeated, very short-duration trades concentrated in low-liquidity instruments. The determining factor is that the same positions could not reasonably have been established or exited under comparable live market conditions. Any strategy that systematically profits from simulation-specific execution gaps instead of genuine market movement is prohibited.
What is Tick Scalping?
Tick scalping is the repeated practice of opening and closing positions within a very short window to collect a few ticks of profit per trade from favourable simulated fills, often at large or maximum position size. An occasional fast exit driven by genuine market conditions is not considered a violation in itself.
Why is Tick Scalping prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Tick scalping becomes a concern when a strategy relies primarily on capturing minimal price fluctuations through large position sizes, favorable simulated fills, or execution characteristics that would be difficult to replicate in a live market environment. Such activity does not reflect sustainable trading skill and may be considered an exploitation of the simulated environment rather than a demonstration of genuine market analysis or risk management.
What is Latency Arbitrage?
Latency arbitrage is a high-risk trading strategy that exploits price delays between platforms, relying on speed advantages rather than market analysis. This strategy takes advantage of discrepancies in market data updates, allowing traders to enter or exit positions before others react.
Why is Latency Arbitrage prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
A trader using a faster price feed can enter trades before the slower feed updates, gaining an unfair advantage by accessing price movements ahead of other market participants. This distorts fair pricing and disrupts trading integrity. Since latency arbitrage does not reflect actual trading skills and relies on exploiting system inefficiencies, FundedNext Futures prohibits this practice to ensure a level playing field.
Example:
A trader notices that a price update on one platform is delayed by twenty milliseconds. They quickly place a trade before the lagging platform adjusts, securing a better price than traders using standard feeds. This creates an unfair advantage and manipulates pricing dynamics.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
+ What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
+ Hedging manipulation is any strategy that opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both legs track the same underlying, one is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, whatever the market does. FundedNext Futures prohibits two forms of this: reverse hedging and coordinated hedging.
+ Reverse Hedging
+ Reverse hedging is when a single trader, a single beneficial owner, holds both sides of the offset, buying one and selling the other. Because the same person controls both legs, both the winning and losing outcomes accrue to them. It can be done across the trader's own accounts or within a single account.
+ Coordinated Hedging
+ Coordinated hedging is when two or more separate account holders coordinate to hold opposite sides of the same trade. No single account is internally hedged, so each looks like an ordinary directional trade. Whichever way the market moves, the group's winners are engineered to earn more than its losers forfeit. The profit comes from collusion and the reward structure, not from trading skill.
+ The Key Difference
+ In reverse hedging, one owner controls both sides, and the offset sits within a single person's account or accounts. In coordinated hedging, several distinct owners act together, no single account shows a hedge on its own, and the coordination is identifiable across the accounts involved.
+ Why Both Are Prohibited
+ Both misrepresent genuine trading performance. The offsetting positions make the outcome predetermined regardless of market direction, so neither the trader nor the group demonstrates real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. Coordinated hedging additionally involves collusion between accounts to extract funds from the firm. To prevent manipulation, both practices are prohibited.
Examples:
+ - Reverse hedging (across accounts): A trader opens a buy on NQ in Account A and a sell on MNQ in Account B, both under their control. Regardless of market movement, one account profits and the other loses.
+ - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
+ - Coordinated hedging (two coordinating account holders): Account holders A and B are separate individuals acting together. At the same time, A buys 5 NQ and B sells 3 NQ or 3 ES (Correlated Symbol). Each account, viewed alone, looks like a normal directional trade. If NQ rises, A moves toward its target while B fails; if NQ falls, the reverse.
+ - Coordinated hedging (scaled ring): Ten coordinating account holders open accounts; five go long NQ, and five go short NQ at matched size and timing. Whichever way the market moves, roughly five accounts hit profit and five fail, a predetermined outcome produced by collusion rather than trading skill.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Traders may attempt to place orders in gapped or illiquid market conditions, seeking to benefit from price inefficiencies. However, this exposes them to unpredictable execution, high slippage, and potential market manipulation. Trading in low-liquidity environments or before major market events can distort fair price discovery and disrupt market stability.
Example:
Why is Simulated-Execution Exploitation prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
When a trader deliberately exploits differences between simulated and live execution to generate profits — rather than expressing a legitimate market view — the activity is considered platform abuse rather than a valid trading strategy. This conduct most commonly appears as repeated, very short-duration trades concentrated in low-liquidity instruments. The determining factor is that the same positions could not reasonably have been established or exited under comparable live market conditions. Any strategy that systematically profits from simulation-specific execution gaps instead of genuine market movement is prohibited.
What is Tick Scalping?
Tick scalping is the repeated practice of opening and closing positions within a very short window to collect a few ticks of profit per trade from favourable simulated fills, often at large or maximum position size. An occasional fast exit driven by genuine market conditions is not considered a violation in itself.
Why is Tick Scalping prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Tick scalping becomes a concern when a strategy relies primarily on capturing minimal price fluctuations through large position sizes, favorable simulated fills, or execution characteristics that would be difficult to replicate in a live market environment. Such activity does not reflect sustainable trading skill and may be considered an exploitation of the simulated environment rather than a demonstration of genuine market analysis or risk management.
What is Latency Arbitrage?
Latency arbitrage is a high-risk trading strategy that exploits price delays between platforms, relying on speed advantages rather than market analysis. This strategy takes advantage of discrepancies in market data updates, allowing traders to enter or exit positions before others react.
Why is Latency Arbitrage prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
A trader using a faster price feed can enter trades before the slower feed updates, gaining an unfair advantage by accessing price movements ahead of other market participants. This distorts fair pricing and disrupts trading integrity. Since latency arbitrage does not reflect actual trading skills and relies on exploiting system inefficiencies, FundedNext Futures prohibits this practice to ensure a level playing field.
Example:
A trader notices that a price update on one platform is delayed by twenty milliseconds. They quickly place a trade before the lagging platform adjusts, securing a better price than traders using standard feeds. This creates an unfair advantage and manipulates pricing dynamics.
Section: What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
− What is a Reverse Hedge?
− Reverse hedging is a manipulative strategy where a trader opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument, buying one while selling the other, to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both positions track the same underlying, one ticket is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, no matter which way the market moves. It can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
− Why is Reverse Hedge prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
− Reverse hedging misrepresents genuine trading performance. Because the positions offset one another on the same underlying, the outcome is predetermined regardless of market direction. The trader is not demonstrating real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. To prevent manipulation, this practice is prohibited.
+ What is Reverse Hedging and Coordinated Hedging?
+ Hedging manipulation is any strategy that opens offsetting positions on the same or an equivalent instrument to artificially neutralise directional risk. Because both legs track the same underlying, one is guaranteed to win and the other is guaranteed to lose, whatever the market does. FundedNext Futures prohibits two forms of this: reverse hedging and coordinated hedging.
+ Reverse Hedging
+ Reverse hedging is when a single trader, a single beneficial owner, holds both sides of the offset, buying one and selling the other. Because the same person controls both legs, both the winning and losing outcomes accrue to them. It can be done across the trader's own accounts or within a single account.
+ Coordinated Hedging
+ Coordinated hedging is when two or more separate account holders coordinate to hold opposite sides of the same trade. No single account is internally hedged, so each looks like an ordinary directional trade. Whichever way the market moves, the group's winners are engineered to earn more than its losers forfeit. The profit comes from collusion and the reward structure, not from trading skill.
+ The Key Difference
+ In reverse hedging, one owner controls both sides, and the offset sits within a single person's account or accounts. In coordinated hedging, several distinct owners act together, no single account shows a hedge on its own, and the coordination is identifiable across the accounts involved.
+ Why Both Are Prohibited
+ Both misrepresent genuine trading performance. The offsetting positions make the outcome predetermined regardless of market direction, so neither the trader nor the group demonstrates real skill or risk management. This undermines the integrity of the evaluation and violates FundedNext Futures' principles of fair competition. Coordinated hedging additionally involves collusion between accounts to extract funds from the firm. To prevent manipulation, both practices are prohibited.
Examples:
− - Across accounts: A trader opens a buy on NQ in one Account and a sell on NQ in Account B. Regardless of market movement, one account shows a profit and the other a loss.
− - Single-account: A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 10 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the net position is effectively flat, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
+ - Reverse hedging (across accounts): A trader opens a buy on NQ in Account A and a sell on MNQ in Account B, both under their control. Regardless of market movement, one account profits and the other loses.
+ - Reverse hedging (single account): A trader buys 1 NQ contract and sells 7 MNQ contracts in the same account. Because NQ and MNQ track the same underlying at matched notional, the positions partially offset each other, neutralising directional risk and circumventing genuine exposure.
+ - Coordinated hedging (two coordinating account holders): Account holders A and B are separate individuals acting together. At the same time, A buys 5 NQ and B sells 3 NQ or 3 ES (Correlated Symbol). Each account, viewed alone, looks like a normal directional trade. If NQ rises, A moves toward its target while B fails; if NQ falls, the reverse.
+ - Coordinated hedging (scaled ring): Ten coordinating account holders open accounts; five go long NQ, and five go short NQ at matched size and timing. Whichever way the market moves, roughly five accounts hit profit and five fail, a predetermined outcome produced by collusion rather than trading skill.
What is Hedging with Correlated Instruments?
Hedging with correlated instruments means holding opposing positions, one long and one short, at the same time on two different underlyings that move together within the same Asset Group.
Because correlated assets closely follow the same market trends, taking opposite positions on them offsets most of the overall risk: one trade gains while the other loses, artificially reducing genuine exposure. This can be done across multiple accounts or within a single account.
Why is Hedging with Correlated Instruments prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
FundedNext evaluates traders on their ability to navigate real market risk and demonstrate a sustainable edge. Taking opposite positions on heavily correlated markets removes most of that risk, with one position absorbing the loss while the other books a profit. This masks genuine risk exposure and exploits the simulated environment, making it difficult to assess real trading skill. To maintain a fair and skill-based evaluation, this practice is prohibited.
Example:
A trader buys S&P 500 (ES) Futures while simultaneously selling Dow Jones (YM) Futures. Both are closely linked US equity indices, so buying one while selling the other acts as an artificial safety net with near-zero real market risk.
What is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading?
Gapped or illiquid market trading involves placing trades during low liquidity periods or exploiting large price gaps to gain an unfair advantage. This method relies on market inefficiencies rather than strategic trading skills.
Why is Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading prohibited in FundedNext Futures?
Traders may attempt to place orders in gapped or illiquid market conditions, seeking to benefit from price inefficiencies. However, this exposes them to unpredictable execution, high slippage, and potential market manipulation. Trading in low-liquidity environments or before major market events can distort fair price discovery and disrupt market stability.
Example:
PremierFundedNext Futures · Can I Connect my FundedNext Account to my AI assistant? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSupport contact email changed from [email protected] to .Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- “Am I at risk of failing the consistency rule on my next Performance Reward?”
- “Calculate how much daily and maximum loss room I have left on account [Insert Login Number] before I hit a trailing drawdown limit.”
Performance Rewards & Eligibility
- “What are my current Performance Reward terms and Reward Share percentage?”
- "When will I be eligible for my next withdrawal, and what is my Performance Reward history?"
Verification, Competitions & Rules
- “What is my current KYC Verification status, and what certificates have I earned?”
- “Why was I disqualified from the latest trading competition?”
- “Can you explain the official FundedNext news trading policy for Stellar Accounts from the knowledge base?"
Important Note
- Data Accuracy: Your assistant pulls your exact metrics directly from FundedNext, and any policy answers quote official, up-to-date FundedNext rules.
- Privacy: The connector is strictly isolated. It can only ever see your data and cannot access anyone else's account information.
Section: Important Note
− - Need Help? This is a Beta Version. AI can make mistakes. If you encounter any confusion or connection drops or authorization bugs, reach out to [email protected] or open a live chat via your FundedNext dashboard.
After
- “Am I at risk of failing the consistency rule on my next Performance Reward?”
- “Calculate how much daily and maximum loss room I have left on account [Insert Login Number] before I hit a trailing drawdown limit.”
Performance Rewards & Eligibility
- “What are my current Performance Reward terms and Reward Share percentage?”
- "When will I be eligible for my next withdrawal, and what is my Performance Reward history?"
Verification, Competitions & Rules
- “What is my current KYC Verification status, and what certificates have I earned?”
- “Why was I disqualified from the latest trading competition?”
- “Can you explain the official FundedNext news trading policy for Stellar Accounts from the knowledge base?"
Important Note
- Data Accuracy: Your assistant pulls your exact metrics directly from FundedNext, and any policy answers quote official, up-to-date FundedNext rules.
- Privacy: The connector is strictly isolated. It can only ever see your data and cannot access anyone else's account information.
Section: Important Note
+ - Need Help? This is a Beta Version. AI can make mistakes. If you encounter any confusion or connection drops or authorization bugs, reach out to or open a live chat via your FundedNext dashboard.
- “Am I at risk of failing the consistency rule on my next Performance Reward?”
- “Calculate how much daily and maximum loss room I have left on account [Insert Login Number] before I hit a trailing drawdown limit.”
Performance Rewards & Eligibility
- “What are my current Performance Reward terms and Reward Share percentage?”
- "When will I be eligible for my next withdrawal, and what is my Performance Reward history?"
Verification, Competitions & Rules
- “What is my current KYC Verification status, and what certificates have I earned?”
- “Why was I disqualified from the latest trading competition?”
- “Can you explain the official FundedNext news trading policy for Stellar Accounts from the knowledge base?"
Important Note
- Data Accuracy: Your assistant pulls your exact metrics directly from FundedNext, and any policy answers quote official, up-to-date FundedNext rules.
- Privacy: The connector is strictly isolated. It can only ever see your data and cannot access anyone else's account information.
Section: Important Note
− - Need Help? This is a Beta Version. AI can make mistakes. If you encounter any confusion or connection drops or authorization bugs, reach out to [email protected] or open a live chat via your FundedNext dashboard.
+ - Need Help? This is a Beta Version. AI can make mistakes. If you encounter any confusion or connection drops or authorization bugs, reach out to or open a live chat via your FundedNext dashboard.
PremierFundedNext Futures · When is the best time to reach out to FundedNext Futures support? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSupport email address changed from [email protected] to .Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Go to the FundedNext website.
- Click on the Support Icon located at the bottom right corner of the page.
- Select "Send us a message."
- Choose "Futures."
- Click "Get Started!" to initiate the support process.
- Provide the required details, including your Name and Email.
- Click "Proceed."
- Select "Account Services " for account-related queries.
- Enter your FundedNext Account login ID for verification.
- Choose the category that best describes your inquiry and click "Get Support."
- Clearly describe the issue you are experiencing and submit your request.
How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
Section: How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
− If your query requires more detailed assistance or involves specific documentation, feel free to email us at [email protected]. Our team is dedicated to providing a prompt and thorough response, ensuring you get the help you need.
After
- Go to the FundedNext website.
- Click on the Support Icon located at the bottom right corner of the page.
- Select "Send us a message."
- Choose "Futures."
- Click "Get Started!" to initiate the support process.
- Provide the required details, including your Name and Email.
- Click "Proceed."
- Select "Account Services " for account-related queries.
- Enter your FundedNext Account login ID for verification.
- Choose the category that best describes your inquiry and click "Get Support."
- Clearly describe the issue you are experiencing and submit your request.
How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
Section: How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
+ If your query requires more detailed assistance or involves specific documentation, feel free to email us at . Our team is dedicated to providing a prompt and thorough response, ensuring you get the help you need.
- Go to the FundedNext website.
- Click on the Support Icon located at the bottom right corner of the page.
- Select "Send us a message."
- Choose "Futures."
- Click "Get Started!" to initiate the support process.
- Provide the required details, including your Name and Email.
- Click "Proceed."
- Select "Account Services " for account-related queries.
- Enter your FundedNext Account login ID for verification.
- Choose the category that best describes your inquiry and click "Get Support."
- Clearly describe the issue you are experiencing and submit your request.
How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
Section: How to contact FundedNext Futures email support? (for detailed queries)
− If your query requires more detailed assistance or involves specific documentation, feel free to email us at [email protected]. Our team is dedicated to providing a prompt and thorough response, ensuring you get the help you need.
+ If your query requires more detailed assistance or involves specific documentation, feel free to email us at . Our team is dedicated to providing a prompt and thorough response, ensuring you get the help you need.
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the minimum and maximum withdrawal amounts for each available withdrawal method in FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterBank Transfer withdrawal maximum increased from $50,000 to unlimited, and Card Withdrawal method added with $20-$3,000 limit for Performance Rewards.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
TL;DR: The minimum Performance Reward withdrawal is $250, and the maximum depends on your withdrawal method and location. A processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all withdrawals.
The minimum Performance Reward limit for FundedNext Futures is determined based on the withdrawal amount and the desired available withdrawal method.
- Minimum Withdrawal Limit:
- To request a Performance Reward with FundedNext Futures, you have to withdraw at least $250. If the Performance Reward amount is below $250, you will not be able to place a withdrawal request.
- Maximum Withdrawal Limits:
- The maximum amount you can withdraw depends on your chosen withdrawal method and regulatory location.
- USDT (TRC20 and ERC20) or USDC (ERC20) methods: up to $1,999 per withdrawal.
- For Risework withdrawal, there are no limits.
- If RiseWorks is unavailable, up to $1,000,000 per withdrawal through USDT (ERC20) and USDC (ERC20).
- Bank Transfer method: From $1,000 up to $50,000 per withdrawal.
- FNmarkets Transfers: There is no maximum limit on how much you can transfer to your FNmarkets account.
Is there a processing fee for Performance Reward requests?
Yes, a processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all Performance Rewards requests, whether processed through RiseWork or other methods.
This is to cover the transaction costs and associated charges incurred during the Performance Reward process.
After
TL;DR: The minimum Performance Reward withdrawal is $250, and the maximum depends on your withdrawal method and location. A processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all withdrawals.
The minimum Performance Reward limit for FundedNext Futures is determined based on the withdrawal amount and the desired available withdrawal method.
- Minimum Withdrawal Limit:
- To request a Performance Reward with FundedNext Futures, you have to withdraw at least $250. If the Performance Reward amount is below $250, you will not be able to place a withdrawal request.
- Maximum Withdrawal Limits:
- The maximum amount you can withdraw depends on your chosen withdrawal method and regulatory location.
- USDT (TRC20 and ERC20) or USDC (ERC20) methods: up to $1,999 per withdrawal.
- For Risework withdrawal, there are no limits.
- If RiseWorks is unavailable, up to $1,000,000 per withdrawal through USDT (ERC20) and USDC (ERC20).
- Bank Transfer method: From $1,000 up to $50,000 per withdrawal.
- FNmarkets Transfers: There is no maximum limit on how much you can transfer to your FNmarkets account.
+ - Card Withdrawal: Performance Rewards can be requested using the card method from $20 to $3,000.
Is there a processing fee for Performance Reward requests?
Yes, a processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all Performance Rewards requests, whether processed through RiseWork or other methods.
This is to cover the transaction costs and associated charges incurred during the Performance Reward process.
TL;DR: The minimum Performance Reward withdrawal is $250, and the maximum depends on your withdrawal method and location. A processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all withdrawals.
The minimum Performance Reward limit for FundedNext Futures is determined based on the withdrawal amount and the desired available withdrawal method.
- Minimum Withdrawal Limit:
- To request a Performance Reward with FundedNext Futures, you have to withdraw at least $250. If the Performance Reward amount is below $250, you will not be able to place a withdrawal request.
- Maximum Withdrawal Limits:
- The maximum amount you can withdraw depends on your chosen withdrawal method and regulatory location.
- USDT (TRC20 and ERC20) or USDC (ERC20) methods: up to $1,999 per withdrawal.
- For Risework withdrawal, there are no limits.
- If RiseWorks is unavailable, up to $1,000,000 per withdrawal through USDT (ERC20) and USDC (ERC20).
- Bank Transfer method: From $1,000 up to $50,000 per withdrawal.
- FNmarkets Transfers: There is no maximum limit on how much you can transfer to your FNmarkets account.
+ - Card Withdrawal: Performance Rewards can be requested using the card method from $20 to $3,000.
Is there a processing fee for Performance Reward requests?
Yes, a processing fee of up to 3.5% applies to all Performance Rewards requests, whether processed through RiseWork or other methods.
This is to cover the transaction costs and associated charges incurred during the Performance Reward process.
PremierBluSky · Setting Up Stop Losses, Take Profits & Trading Brackets with BlackArrow | BluSky Rules and Help CenterSep 29
PremierBluSky · How to Place and Manage Trades on BlackArrow | BluSky Rules and Help CenterSep 29
PremierBluSky · Navigating and Customizing Your BlackArrow Workspace | BluSky Rules and Help CenterSep 29
PremierBluSky · Getting Started with BlackArrow 🚀 | BluSky Rules and Help CenterSep 29
PremierFTMO Futures · How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?Removed reference to billing anniversary in subscription payment description.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
Section: How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
− FTMO Futures is based on a recurring monthly subscription, not a one-time fee. You are charged when you purchase the Evaluation and on the same date each month (your billing anniversary), as long as your subscription remains active. The subscription gives you access to your Evaluation account, the trading platform, and the included market data.
Once the Trading Objectives of the Evaluation are evaluated as passed, the subscription is cancelled, and no additional payments are charged. This means you won’t be charged for the Sim-Funded Account or Live Funded Account.
There is no activation fee, and there are no hidden fees beyond the subscription.
More information about the pricing can be found in our pricing table or on our Trading Objectives and Rules page, in the Fee section.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
After
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
Section: How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
+ FTMO Futures is based on a recurring monthly subscription, not a one-time fee. You are charged when you purchase the Evaluation and on the same date each month, as long as your subscription remains active. The subscription gives you access to your Evaluation account, the trading platform, and the included market data.
Once the Trading Objectives of the Evaluation are evaluated as passed, the subscription is cancelled, and no additional payments are charged. This means you won’t be charged for the Sim-Funded Account or Live Funded Account.
There is no activation fee, and there are no hidden fees beyond the subscription.
More information about the pricing can be found in our pricing table or on our Trading Objectives and Rules page, in the Fee section.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
Section: How does the payment for the Evaluation work? Is it one-time fee or a subscription?
− FTMO Futures is based on a recurring monthly subscription, not a one-time fee. You are charged when you purchase the Evaluation and on the same date each month (your billing anniversary), as long as your subscription remains active. The subscription gives you access to your Evaluation account, the trading platform, and the included market data.
+ FTMO Futures is based on a recurring monthly subscription, not a one-time fee. You are charged when you purchase the Evaluation and on the same date each month, as long as your subscription remains active. The subscription gives you access to your Evaluation account, the trading platform, and the included market data.
Once the Trading Objectives of the Evaluation are evaluated as passed, the subscription is cancelled, and no additional payments are charged. This means you won’t be charged for the Sim-Funded Account or Live Funded Account.
There is no activation fee, and there are no hidden fees beyond the subscription.
More information about the pricing can be found in our pricing table or on our Trading Objectives and Rules page, in the Fee section.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
PremierMyFundedFutures · Restricted Countries Policy | My Funded Futures Help CenterRestricted countries list reorganized into different column groupings and Kazakhstan added while several countries removed.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
At MyFundedFutures, while we strive to provide opportunities to traders worldwide, we regret to inform you that we are unable to accept traders from the below countries due to regulatory restrictions and compliance requirements. We apologize for any inconvenience caused.
Furthermore, to ensure the integrity and security of our platform and comply with legal and regulatory obligations, traders must meet certain eligibility criteria. This includes being of legal age to engage in trading activities in their respective jurisdictions.
Additionally, traders are required to verify their identity by submitting Know Your Customer (KYC) documents as part of our identity verification process. These documents may include government-issued identification, proof of address, and any other documents necessary to establish the trader's identity and comply with regulatory guidelines.
We place a high priority on maintaining a transparent and compliant trading environment for all our traders, and these measures help us ensure the safety and security of our platform while adhering to legal and regulatory requirements.
💡 If you aren't from a restricted country and meet the overall eligibility criteria, you can take the challenge to get funded here.
Traders traveling to or vacationing to any of these restricted countries can execute trades on their accounts while there. However, it’s highly recommended to inform the customer support team about your trading plans in a restricted country.
While trading in a restricted country is allowed, traders cannot purchase new accounts or reset current accounts during their stay there.
Restricted Countries List:
−
| A-C | C-L | M-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Ecuador | Mali | Somalia |
| Albania | Ethiopia | Malta | South Africa |
| Algeria | France Metro (FX)Corsica & non-mainland islands only | Mauritius | South Sudan |
| Angola | Ghana | Mongolia | Sri Lanka |
| Bahamas | Gibraltar | Montenegro | Sudan |
| Barbados | Guyana | Morocco | Syria |
| Belarus | Haiti | Mozambique | Taiwan |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Hong Kong | Namibia | Tanzania |
| Botswana | Iceland | Nauru | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Burkina Faso | Indonesia | Nicaragua | Tunisia |
| Bulgaria | Iran | Nigeria | Turkey |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Iraq | North Korea | Turkmenistan |
| Burundi | Jamaica | Pakistan | Uganda |
| Cambodia | Jordan | Panama | Ukraine |
| Cameroon | Kenya | Papua New Guinea | United Arab Emirates |
| Central African Republic | Kosovo | Philippines | Uzbekistan |
| China | Krygyzstan | Qatar | Venezuela |
| Congo | Laos | Romania | Vietnam |
| Côte D'Ivoire | Lebanon | Russia | Yemen |
| Crimea | Liberia | Rwanda | Zimbabwe |
| Croatia | Libya | Senegal | |
| Cuba | Macedonia | Serbia | | |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Malaysia | Slovenia | |
Register for MFFU
After
At MyFundedFutures, while we strive to provide opportunities to traders worldwide, we regret to inform you that we are unable to accept traders from the below countries due to regulatory restrictions and compliance requirements. We apologize for any inconvenience caused.
Furthermore, to ensure the integrity and security of our platform and comply with legal and regulatory obligations, traders must meet certain eligibility criteria. This includes being of legal age to engage in trading activities in their respective jurisdictions.
Additionally, traders are required to verify their identity by submitting Know Your Customer (KYC) documents as part of our identity verification process. These documents may include government-issued identification, proof of address, and any other documents necessary to establish the trader's identity and comply with regulatory guidelines.
We place a high priority on maintaining a transparent and compliant trading environment for all our traders, and these measures help us ensure the safety and security of our platform while adhering to legal and regulatory requirements.
💡 If you aren't from a restricted country and meet the overall eligibility criteria, you can take the challenge to get funded here.
Traders traveling to or vacationing to any of these restricted countries can execute trades on their accounts while there. However, it’s highly recommended to inform the customer support team about your trading plans in a restricted country.
While trading in a restricted country is allowed, traders cannot purchase new accounts or reset current accounts during their stay there.
Restricted Countries List:
+
| A-C | C-L | M-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Ecuador | Malaysia | Slovenia |
| Albania | Ethiopia | Mali | Somalia |
| Algeria | France Metro (FX)Corsica & non-mainland islands only | Malta | South Africa |
| Angola | Ghana | Mauritius | South Sudan |
| Bahamas | Gibraltar | Mongolia | Sri Lanka |
| Barbados | Guyana | Montenegro | Sudan |
| Belarus | Haiti | Morocco | Syria |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Hong Kong | Mozambique | Taiwan |
| Botswana | Iceland | Namibia | Tanzania |
| Burkina Faso | Indonesia | Nauru | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bulgaria | Iran | Nicaragua | Tunisia |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Iraq | Nigeria | Turkey | |
| Burundi | Jamaica | North Korea | Turkmenistan |
| Cambodia | Jordan | Pakistan | Uganda |
| Cameroon | Kazakhstan | Panama | Ukraine |
| Central African Republic | Kenya | Papua New Guinea | United Arab Emirates |
| China | Kosovo | Philippines | Uzbekistan |
| Congo | Krygyzstan | Qatar | Venezuela |
| Côte D'Ivoire | Laos | Romania | Vietnam |
| Crimea | Lebanon | Russia | Yemen |
| Croatia | Liberia | Rwanda | Zimbabwe |
| Cuba | Libya | Senegal | | |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Macedonia | Serbia | |
Register for MFFU
At MyFundedFutures, while we strive to provide opportunities to traders worldwide, we regret to inform you that we are unable to accept traders from the below countries due to regulatory restrictions and compliance requirements. We apologize for any inconvenience caused.
Furthermore, to ensure the integrity and security of our platform and comply with legal and regulatory obligations, traders must meet certain eligibility criteria. This includes being of legal age to engage in trading activities in their respective jurisdictions.
Additionally, traders are required to verify their identity by submitting Know Your Customer (KYC) documents as part of our identity verification process. These documents may include government-issued identification, proof of address, and any other documents necessary to establish the trader's identity and comply with regulatory guidelines.
We place a high priority on maintaining a transparent and compliant trading environment for all our traders, and these measures help us ensure the safety and security of our platform while adhering to legal and regulatory requirements.
💡 If you aren't from a restricted country and meet the overall eligibility criteria, you can take the challenge to get funded here.
Traders traveling to or vacationing to any of these restricted countries can execute trades on their accounts while there. However, it’s highly recommended to inform the customer support team about your trading plans in a restricted country.
While trading in a restricted country is allowed, traders cannot purchase new accounts or reset current accounts during their stay there.
Restricted Countries List:
−
| A-C | C-L | M-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Ecuador | Mali | Somalia |
| Albania | Ethiopia | Malta | South Africa |
| Algeria | France Metro (FX)Corsica & non-mainland islands only | Mauritius | South Sudan |
| Angola | Ghana | Mongolia | Sri Lanka |
| Bahamas | Gibraltar | Montenegro | Sudan |
| Barbados | Guyana | Morocco | Syria |
| Belarus | Haiti | Mozambique | Taiwan |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Hong Kong | Namibia | Tanzania |
| Botswana | Iceland | Nauru | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Burkina Faso | Indonesia | Nicaragua | Tunisia |
| Bulgaria | Iran | Nigeria | Turkey |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Iraq | North Korea | Turkmenistan |
| Burundi | Jamaica | Pakistan | Uganda |
| Cambodia | Jordan | Panama | Ukraine |
| Cameroon | Kenya | Papua New Guinea | United Arab Emirates |
| Central African Republic | Kosovo | Philippines | Uzbekistan |
| China | Krygyzstan | Qatar | Venezuela |
| Congo | Laos | Romania | Vietnam |
| Côte D'Ivoire | Lebanon | Russia | Yemen |
| Crimea | Liberia | Rwanda | Zimbabwe |
| Croatia | Libya | Senegal | |
| Cuba | Macedonia | Serbia | | |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Malaysia | Slovenia | |
+
| A-C | C-L | M-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Ecuador | Malaysia | Slovenia |
| Albania | Ethiopia | Mali | Somalia |
| Algeria | France Metro (FX)Corsica & non-mainland islands only | Malta | South Africa |
| Angola | Ghana | Mauritius | South Sudan |
| Bahamas | Gibraltar | Mongolia | Sri Lanka |
| Barbados | Guyana | Montenegro | Sudan |
| Belarus | Haiti | Morocco | Syria |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Hong Kong | Mozambique | Taiwan |
| Botswana | Iceland | Namibia | Tanzania |
| Burkina Faso | Indonesia | Nauru | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bulgaria | Iran | Nicaragua | Tunisia |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Iraq | Nigeria | Turkey | |
| Burundi | Jamaica | North Korea | Turkmenistan |
| Cambodia | Jordan | Pakistan | Uganda |
| Cameroon | Kazakhstan | Panama | Ukraine |
| Central African Republic | Kenya | Papua New Guinea | United Arab Emirates |
| China | Kosovo | Philippines | Uzbekistan |
| Congo | Krygyzstan | Qatar | Venezuela |
| Côte D'Ivoire | Laos | Romania | Vietnam |
| Crimea | Lebanon | Russia | Yemen |
| Croatia | Liberia | Rwanda | Zimbabwe |
| Cuba | Libya | Senegal | | |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Macedonia | Serbia | |
Register for MFFU
PremierTradeify · Know Your Trader (KYT) Policy | Tradeify Help CenterSep 29
PremierTradeify · GROWTH™ Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterRebranded Growth Evaluation to GROWTH™ and SELECT Evaluation to SELECT™ throughout article, plus minor wording clarifications.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
− Tradeify offers Growth Evaluation accounts with account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k.
− How Growth Differs from SELECT Evaluation
− Growth Evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT Evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule) |
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
| Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation |
| Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) |
− In summary: Growth Evaluation is the fastest way to get funded - you can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, Growth has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
− Growth Evaluation Rules
− The rules for Growth Evaluation are stated in the table below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros) |
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
| $150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|---|
| 50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros) |
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
| 150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros) |
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
− The Growth Evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
− The Growth Evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
− There is no activation fee for Growth Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Section: Billing & Purchase Model
− Growth Evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - If you pass an Evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
− - Daily Activation Limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 Growth Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded active accounts at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
Section: Reset Credits
− For more information on the payout policies for the Growth Sim Funded account click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a consistency rule?
− A: No, Growth Evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass your Growth Evaluation in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. This differs from SELECT Evaluation, which requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
− Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
− A: Yes, Growth Evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). The limits are: $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit this limit, trading is stopped for the day but your account is not failed. This differs from SELECT Evaluation, which has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
− Q: Can I pass Growth Evaluation in one day?
− A: Yes, Growth Evaluation can be passed in just 1 trading day because there is no consistency requirement. You simply need to hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. This is the fastest evaluation option - SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
− Q: What's the difference between Growth and SELECT Evaluation?
− A: The main differences are: (1) Growth can pass in 1 day with no consistency rule, while SELECT requires 3+ days due to 40% consistency. (2) Growth HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach), while SELECT has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. (3) Growth has a fixed payout policy, while SELECT lets you choose your payout policy (Flex or Daily) AFTER passing. See the comparison table at the top of this article for a full breakdown.
− Q: Can I choose my payout policy on Growth like I can with SELECT?
− A: No, Growth Evaluation has a fixed payout policy. Unlike SELECT, where you choose between Flex (5-Day) or Daily payout policies after passing, Growth accounts use a predetermined payout structure. If you want flexibility in choosing your payout policy, consider SELECT Evaluation instead.
− Q: Is there a time limit to complete Growth Evaluation?
− A: No, there is no time limit to complete a Growth Evaluation. Your account remains active as long as you keep your account active and don't breach the trailing drawdown. You can take as long as you need to hit the profit target. The same applies to SELECT Evaluation - neither has a time limit.
After
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
+ How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule) |
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
| Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation |
| Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) |
+ In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
+ GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros) |
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
| $150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|---|
| 50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros) |
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
| 150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros) |
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
+ GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
+ There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Section: Billing & Purchase Model
+ GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
+ - If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
+ - Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
Section: Reset Credits
+ For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
+ A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
+ Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
+ A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
+ Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
+ A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
+ Q: What's the difference between GROWTH™ and SELECT™ evaluation?
+ A: (1) GROWTH™ can pass in 1 day with no consistency rule, while SELECT™ requires 3+ days due to 40% consistency. (2) GROWTH™ HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach), while SELECT™ has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. (3) GROWTH™ has a fixed payout policy, while SELECT™ lets you choose Flex or Daily AFTER passing. See the comparison table at the top of this article.
+ Q: Can I choose my payout policy on GROWTH™ like I can with SELECT™?
+ A: No. GROWTH™ accounts use a fixed payout structure. With SELECT™, you choose Flex (5-Day) or Daily payouts after passing. If you want that choice, consider SELECT™ evaluation instead.
+ Q: Is there a time limit to complete GROWTH™ evaluation?
+ A: No. Your account stays active as long as you keep it active and don't breach the trailing drawdown. Take as long as you need to hit the profit target. The same applies to SELECT™ evaluation.
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
− Tradeify offers Growth Evaluation accounts with account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k.
− How Growth Differs from SELECT Evaluation
− Growth Evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT Evaluation. Here are the key differences:
+ Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
+ How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule) |
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
| Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation |
| Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) |
− In summary: Growth Evaluation is the fastest way to get funded - you can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, Growth has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
− Growth Evaluation Rules
− The rules for Growth Evaluation are stated in the table below.
+ In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
+ GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros) |
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
| $150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|---|
| 50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros) |
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
| 150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros) |
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
− The Growth Evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
+ The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
− The Growth Evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
− There is no activation fee for Growth Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
+ GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
+ There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Section: Billing & Purchase Model
− Growth Evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
+ GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - If you pass an Evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
− - Daily Activation Limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 Growth Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded active accounts at any time.
+ - If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
+ - Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
Section: Reset Credits
− For more information on the payout policies for the Growth Sim Funded account click here.
+ For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a consistency rule?
− A: No, Growth Evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass your Growth Evaluation in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. This differs from SELECT Evaluation, which requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
− Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
− A: Yes, Growth Evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). The limits are: $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit this limit, trading is stopped for the day but your account is not failed. This differs from SELECT Evaluation, which has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
− Q: Can I pass Growth Evaluation in one day?
− A: Yes, Growth Evaluation can be passed in just 1 trading day because there is no consistency requirement. You simply need to hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. This is the fastest evaluation option - SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
− Q: What's the difference between Growth and SELECT Evaluation?
− A: The main differences are: (1) Growth can pass in 1 day with no consistency rule, while SELECT requires 3+ days due to 40% consistency. (2) Growth HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach), while SELECT has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. (3) Growth has a fixed payout policy, while SELECT lets you choose your payout policy (Flex or Daily) AFTER passing. See the comparison table at the top of this article for a full breakdown.
− Q: Can I choose my payout policy on Growth like I can with SELECT?
− A: No, Growth Evaluation has a fixed payout policy. Unlike SELECT, where you choose between Flex (5-Day) or Daily payout policies after passing, Growth accounts use a predetermined payout structure. If you want flexibility in choosing your payout policy, consider SELECT Evaluation instead.
− Q: Is there a time limit to complete Growth Evaluation?
− A: No, there is no time limit to complete a Growth Evaluation. Your account remains active as long as you keep your account active and don't breach the trailing drawdown. You can take as long as you need to hit the profit target. The same applies to SELECT Evaluation - neither has a time limit.
+ Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
+ A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
+ Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
+ A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
+ Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
+ A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
+ Q: What's the difference between GROWTH™ and SELECT™ evaluation?
+ A: (1) GROWTH™ can pass in 1 day with no consistency rule, while SELECT™ requires 3+ days due to 40% consistency. (2) GROWTH™ HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach), while SELECT™ has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. (3) GROWTH™ has a fixed payout policy, while SELECT™ lets you choose Flex or Daily AFTER passing. See the comparison table at the top of this article.
+ Q: Can I choose my payout policy on GROWTH™ like I can with SELECT™?
+ A: No. GROWTH™ accounts use a fixed payout structure. With SELECT™, you choose Flex (5-Day) or Daily payouts after passing. If you want that choice, consider SELECT™ evaluation instead.
+ Q: Is there a time limit to complete GROWTH™ evaluation?
+ A: No. Your account stays active as long as you keep it active and don't breach the trailing drawdown. Take as long as you need to hit the profit target. The same applies to SELECT™ evaluation.
PremierTradeify · Rewards Center: Levels, XP, Missions, and TradePacks | Tradeify Help CenterSep 29
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesMultiple funded accounts now merge into a single Live Account with combined drawdown capped at $15,000; Live Bonus structure changed from per-account targets to milestone-based releases; Live Buyout option added allowing 50% of combined drawdown as cash alternative.Sep 29
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
− Once approved, your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into Live Accounts.
− For each eligible funded account, you will receive one corresponding Live Account.
− Each Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
− Yes.
− When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts will transition together.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
− - 2 Standard Funded Accounts
− - 1 Reserve Funded Account
− - 2 Express Funded Accounts
− and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
− Each account begins with:
− * $0 starting balance
− * $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
After
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
+ Once approved, all of your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into one Live Account.
+ Your Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
+ - Combined Live Drawdown — the Live Drawdown for each of your eligible funded accounts, added together
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
+ When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts merge together into a single Live Account.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
+ - 2 Standard Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ - 1 Reserve Funded Account ($50K)
+ - 2 Express Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts merge into one Live Account with a combined Live Drawdown of $10,000.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Each eligible funded account contributes the following Live Drawdown to your Live Account, up to a combined maximum of $15,000:
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Drawdown Contributed |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 |
+ Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Example
+ A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
+ Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
+ Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
+ Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
+ Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
+ The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
+ At $5,000 in net profit, a $2,500 bonus (25% of the starting combined drawdown) is deposited into the account. A further $2,500 is released at $10,000, and the final $2,500 at $15,000 in cumulative net profit — $7,500 in total Live Bonuses.
+ Please note: the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ Can I choose a cash payout instead of going Live?
+ Yes.
+ Traders who prefer not to trade a Live Account may choose the Live Buyout at the time of their transition.
+ The Live Buyout is a one-time cash payout equal to 50% of the combined starting Live Drawdown of your eligible funded accounts, paid out like a standard withdrawal. Your accounts are then closed.
+ Example
+ A trader is approved for Live with five $50,000 funded accounts. Each contributes a $2,000 Live Drawdown — $10,000 combined. The Live Buyout would be $5,000.
+ Please note:
+ - The Live Buyout is only available at the moment of your Live transition and cannot be requested later.
+ - It is available once per trader.
+ - After taking the Live Buyout, a standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
− Once approved, your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into Live Accounts.
− For each eligible funded account, you will receive one corresponding Live Account.
− Each Live Account begins with:
+ Once approved, all of your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into one Live Account.
+ Your Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
+ - Combined Live Drawdown — the Live Drawdown for each of your eligible funded accounts, added together
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
− Yes.
− When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts will transition together.
+ When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts merge together into a single Live Account.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
− - 2 Standard Funded Accounts
− - 1 Reserve Funded Account
− - 2 Express Funded Accounts
− and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
+ - 2 Standard Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ - 1 Reserve Funded Account ($50K)
+ - 2 Express Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts merge into one Live Account with a combined Live Drawdown of $10,000.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Each eligible funded account contributes the following Live Drawdown to your Live Account, up to a combined maximum of $15,000:
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Drawdown Contributed |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 |
+ Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Example
+ A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
+ Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
+ Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
+ Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
+ Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
− Each account begins with:
− * $0 starting balance
− * $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
+ At $5,000 in net profit, a $2,500 bonus (25% of the starting combined drawdown) is deposited into the account. A further $2,500 is released at $10,000, and the final $2,500 at $15,000 in cumulative net profit — $7,500 in total Live Bonuses.
+ Please note: the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ Can I choose a cash payout instead of going Live?
+ Yes.
+ Traders who prefer not to trade a Live Account may choose the Live Buyout at the time of their transition.
+ The Live Buyout is a one-time cash payout equal to 50% of the combined starting Live Drawdown of your eligible funded accounts, paid out like a standard withdrawal. Your accounts are then closed.
+ Example
+ A trader is approved for Live with five $50,000 funded accounts. Each contributes a $2,000 Live Drawdown — $10,000 combined. The Live Buyout would be $5,000.
+ Please note:
+ - The Live Buyout is only available at the moment of your Live transition and cannot be requested later.
+ - It is available once per trader.
+ - After taking the Live Buyout, a standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
TUnlistedTop One Futures · Path to Trading Live | Top One Futures Help CenterCBOT Exchange subscription pricing removed; new note added stating Live Accounts only, professional and Level 2 data unavailable on SIM Accounts.Sep 29
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- You will not be able to upgrade to a SIM Funded account while in Pre-Live
What will happen to my Sim Funded Accounts when I'm in a live account?
If you have an active account when you transition to a Live Account, that account will be closed.
What if I lose my live account?
Should you lose your Live Account, the risk management team will determine the appropriate next steps for the trader, based on their trading activities across all accounts associated with their profile.
What are the costs in the Live Account?
There are no account or platform costs in live, but as a live trader, you are responsible for the professional market data. You will need to subscribe to receive Professional Data Subscription(s). Top One Futures does not make a profit on these data fees. Our trading platform charges us these fees that are passed along to you as the trader.
- CME Exchange - $140/mo
- NYMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- COMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- CBOT Exchange - $140/mo
(Most traders chose one exchange, but you may subscribe to multiple.)
Section: What are the costs in the Live Account?
Am I trading real capital once I go live?
Yes, Top One Futures does provide access to real capital, but most traders will first be placed in a pre-live trading environment that mirrors their Sim Funded account conditions. This stage is designed to validate consistent, disciplined performance.
After
- You will not be able to upgrade to a SIM Funded account while in Pre-Live
What will happen to my Sim Funded Accounts when I'm in a live account?
If you have an active account when you transition to a Live Account, that account will be closed.
What if I lose my live account?
Should you lose your Live Account, the risk management team will determine the appropriate next steps for the trader, based on their trading activities across all accounts associated with their profile.
What are the costs in the Live Account?
There are no account or platform costs in live, but as a live trader, you are responsible for the professional market data. You will need to subscribe to receive Professional Data Subscription(s). Top One Futures does not make a profit on these data fees. Our trading platform charges us these fees that are passed along to you as the trader.
- CME Exchange - $140/mo
- NYMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- COMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- CBOT Exchange - $140/mo
(Most traders chose one exchange, but you may subscribe to multiple.)
Section: What are the costs in the Live Account?
+ Note: This is only available for Live Accounts, we don't offer professional or Level 2 data on SIM Accounts.
Am I trading real capital once I go live?
Yes, Top One Futures does provide access to real capital, but most traders will first be placed in a pre-live trading environment that mirrors their Sim Funded account conditions. This stage is designed to validate consistent, disciplined performance.
- You will not be able to upgrade to a SIM Funded account while in Pre-Live
What will happen to my Sim Funded Accounts when I'm in a live account?
If you have an active account when you transition to a Live Account, that account will be closed.
What if I lose my live account?
Should you lose your Live Account, the risk management team will determine the appropriate next steps for the trader, based on their trading activities across all accounts associated with their profile.
What are the costs in the Live Account?
There are no account or platform costs in live, but as a live trader, you are responsible for the professional market data. You will need to subscribe to receive Professional Data Subscription(s). Top One Futures does not make a profit on these data fees. Our trading platform charges us these fees that are passed along to you as the trader.
- CME Exchange - $140/mo
- NYMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- COMEX Exchange - $140/mo
- CBOT Exchange - $140/mo
(Most traders chose one exchange, but you may subscribe to multiple.)
Section: What are the costs in the Live Account?
+ Note: This is only available for Live Accounts, we don't offer professional or Level 2 data on SIM Accounts.
Am I trading real capital once I go live?
Yes, Top One Futures does provide access to real capital, but most traders will first be placed in a pre-live trading environment that mirrors their Sim Funded account conditions. This stage is designed to validate consistent, disciplined performance.
PremierBluSky · Multiple Accounts/Copy Trading | BluSky Rules and Help CenterReplaced informal explanation of simultaneous opposite-direction trading prohibition with regulatory definition of wash trades and clarified that accounts under same user ID cannot have opposing positions; changed consequence from "will" to "may" permanently close account and...Sep 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Launch Plan 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Propel 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 150K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Launch Plan 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 300K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Direct 2 Funded | 3* | Yes |
| Sim Funded Accounts | 3 * | Yes |
| Live Brokerage Accounts | 2 * | Yes |
*If you are in Live Brokerage, you cannot trade in Sim Funded at the same time.
− => It is forbidden by the exchanges to place trades in the opposite directions simultaneously (long and short trades ) on the same product, at the same time.
− If this happens, the brokerage will permanently close your account. No exceptions.
CME rule 534 prohibits this type of trading and below are some links for your reference:
CME Rule 534
CME Rule 575
Also see:
CME Rule 432: General Offenses
CME Rule 531: Prohibited Pre-Arranged Trading
CME Rule 533: Simultaneous Opposite Orders
CME Rule 539: Noncompetitive Trades
CME Rule Book
CFTC Rules 4.41 - Hypothetical or Simulated performance results have certain limitations, unlike an actual performance record, simulated results do not represent actual trading. Also, since the trades have not been executed, the results may have under-or-over compensated for the impact, if any, of certain market factors, such as lack of liquidity. Simulated trading programs in general are also subject to the fact that they are designed with the benefit of hindsight. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profit or losses similar to those shown.
After
| Launch Plan 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Propel 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 150K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Launch Plan 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 300K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Direct 2 Funded | 3* | Yes |
| Sim Funded Accounts | 3 * | Yes |
| Live Brokerage Accounts | 2 * | Yes |
*If you are in Live Brokerage, you cannot trade in Sim Funded at the same time.
+ **No person shall place or accept buy and sell orders in the same product and expiration month, and, for a put or call option, the same strike price, where the person knows or reasonably should know that the purpose of the orders is to avoid taking a bona fide market position exposed to market risk (transactions commonly known or referred to as wash trades or wash sales). Buy and sell orders for different accounts with common beneficial ownership that are entered with the intent to negate market risk or price competition shall also be deemed to violate the prohibition on wash trades. Additionally, no person shall knowingly**
+ This means you cannot go long in one account and short in another account under you user ID.
+ If this happens, in Sim or Live accounts the brokerage may permanently close your account. No exceptions.
CME rule 534 prohibits this type of trading and below are some links for your reference:
CME Rule 534
CME Rule 575
Also see:
CME Rule 432: General Offenses
CME Rule 531: Prohibited Pre-Arranged Trading
CME Rule 533: Simultaneous Opposite Orders
CME Rule 539: Noncompetitive Trades
CME Rule Book
CFTC Rules 4.41 - Hypothetical or Simulated performance results have certain limitations, unlike an actual performance record, simulated results do not represent actual trading. Also, since the trades have not been executed, the results may have under-or-over compensated for the impact, if any, of certain market factors, such as lack of liquidity. Simulated trading programs in general are also subject to the fact that they are designed with the benefit of hindsight. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profit or losses similar to those shown.
| Launch Plan 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Propel 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 100K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 150K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Launch Plan 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Orbit 200K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Propel 300K | Unlimited | Yes |
| Direct 2 Funded | 3* | Yes |
| Sim Funded Accounts | 3 * | Yes |
| Live Brokerage Accounts | 2 * | Yes |
*If you are in Live Brokerage, you cannot trade in Sim Funded at the same time.
− => It is forbidden by the exchanges to place trades in the opposite directions simultaneously (long and short trades ) on the same product, at the same time.
− If this happens, the brokerage will permanently close your account. No exceptions.
+ **No person shall place or accept buy and sell orders in the same product and expiration month, and, for a put or call option, the same strike price, where the person knows or reasonably should know that the purpose of the orders is to avoid taking a bona fide market position exposed to market risk (transactions commonly known or referred to as wash trades or wash sales). Buy and sell orders for different accounts with common beneficial ownership that are entered with the intent to negate market risk or price competition shall also be deemed to violate the prohibition on wash trades. Additionally, no person shall knowingly**
+ This means you cannot go long in one account and short in another account under you user ID.
+ If this happens, in Sim or Live accounts the brokerage may permanently close your account. No exceptions.
CME rule 534 prohibits this type of trading and below are some links for your reference:
CME Rule 534
CME Rule 575
Also see:
CME Rule 432: General Offenses
CME Rule 531: Prohibited Pre-Arranged Trading
CME Rule 533: Simultaneous Opposite Orders
CME Rule 539: Noncompetitive Trades
CME Rule Book
CFTC Rules 4.41 - Hypothetical or Simulated performance results have certain limitations, unlike an actual performance record, simulated results do not represent actual trading. Also, since the trades have not been executed, the results may have under-or-over compensated for the impact, if any, of certain market factors, such as lack of liquidity. Simulated trading programs in general are also subject to the fact that they are designed with the benefit of hindsight. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profit or losses similar to those shown.
PremierTake Profit Trader · Resetting Your Test AccountRisk-Adjusted Reset Pricing" renamed to "Test Reset Pricing".Sep 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Click the Reset Account button next to the subscription you wish to restart.
- From the Account Information window:
Open your account details and select Reset Account from the control options.
After confirming, you’ll receive a new trading test with the same parameters and rules as your original test.
Important Note
Please note that this will not change the subscription renewal date — it will only give you a fresh account to work with.
| Account Size | Reset Price |
|---|---|
| 25K | $79 |
| 50K | $99 |
| 75K | $139 |
| 100K | $169 |
| 150K | $199 |
Section: Important Note
− Risk-Adjusted Reset Pricing
Aligned to each account size
After
Click the Reset Account button next to the subscription you wish to restart.
- From the Account Information window:
Open your account details and select Reset Account from the control options.
After confirming, you’ll receive a new trading test with the same parameters and rules as your original test.
Important Note
Please note that this will not change the subscription renewal date — it will only give you a fresh account to work with.
| Account Size | Reset Price |
|---|---|
| 25K | $79 |
| 50K | $99 |
| 75K | $139 |
| 100K | $169 |
| 150K | $199 |
Section: Important Note
+ Test Reset Pricing
Aligned to each account size
Click the Reset Account button next to the subscription you wish to restart.
- From the Account Information window:
Open your account details and select Reset Account from the control options.
After confirming, you’ll receive a new trading test with the same parameters and rules as your original test.
Important Note
Please note that this will not change the subscription renewal date — it will only give you a fresh account to work with.
| Account Size | Reset Price |
|---|---|
| 25K | $79 |
| 50K | $99 |
| 75K | $139 |
| 100K | $169 |
| 150K | $199 |
Section: Important Note
− Risk-Adjusted Reset Pricing
+ Test Reset Pricing
Aligned to each account size
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved troubleshooting for reCAPTCHA/payment errors and added policy section stating only cards in account holder's name are permitted.Sep 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
After
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay?
+ - No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay?
+ - No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
PremierDayTraders.com · Evaluation Account Sizes, Fees, and Details | DayTraders.com Help CenterTotal Drawdown for the $8,500 profit target tier changed from $4,500 to $4,000.Sep 28
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $10,000 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
Section: Full EOD Account Parameters:
−
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,500 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
Key Points to Consider:
- Account Size: Account starting balance
- Contracts: Maximum allowed contracts per account size
- Evaluation Price: This is the one-time fee associated with each account size.
- Profit Target: The target you need to achieve in your account evaluation to move to a funded account.
- Drawdown: The maximum allowable drawdown for each account before the evaluation fails.
Choosing the right account size depends on your trading goals, risk tolerance, and preferred contract limits.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
After
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $10,000 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
Section: Full EOD Account Parameters:
+
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
Key Points to Consider:
- Account Size: Account starting balance
- Contracts: Maximum allowed contracts per account size
- Evaluation Price: This is the one-time fee associated with each account size.
- Profit Target: The target you need to achieve in your account evaluation to move to a funded account.
- Drawdown: The maximum allowable drawdown for each account before the evaluation fails.
Choosing the right account size depends on your trading goals, risk tolerance, and preferred contract limits.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $10,000 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
Section: Full EOD Account Parameters:
−
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,500 | $6,500 |
+
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
Key Points to Consider:
- Account Size: Account starting balance
- Contracts: Maximum allowed contracts per account size
- Evaluation Price: This is the one-time fee associated with each account size.
- Profit Target: The target you need to achieve in your account evaluation to move to a funded account.
- Drawdown: The maximum allowable drawdown for each account before the evaluation fails.
Choosing the right account size depends on your trading goals, risk tolerance, and preferred contract limits.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Introduction to Blue Guardian Futures | Blue Guardian | FuturesSomalia and Jamaica were added to the restricted countries list.Sep 28
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
−
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | | |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
After
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
+
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | Somalia |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | Jamaica |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
−
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | | |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
+
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | Somalia |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | Jamaica |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
TUnlistedTraders Launch · FAQ - Traders LaunchTagline changed from "Helping traders succeed with industry-leading funding opportunities and support" to "Futures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts"; added risk disclosure and full address details.Sep 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Need more help?
Ask in Discord - traders and staff are there daily.
Join Discord
Getting Started( 5 )
The Evaluation( 14 )
Getting Funded( 1 )
Payouts( 3 )
Platforms & Trading( 5 )
Account Management( 1 )
Still have questions?
Our Discord community is active daily - traders and staff answer questions in real time.
Join DiscordView the Program →
Section: Still have questions?
− Traders LaunchHelping traders succeed with industry-leading funding opportunities and support.
Quick Links
- Futures Trading
- Crypto Trading
- Results
- Affiliates
- FAQ
- Payout Rules
− © 2026 Traders Launch. All rights reserved.
Privacy PolicyTerms of Service
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move into a Simfunded account, where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
After
Need more help?
Ask in Discord - traders and staff are there daily.
Join Discord
Getting Started( 5 )
The Evaluation( 14 )
Getting Funded( 1 )
Payouts( 3 )
Platforms & Trading( 5 )
Account Management( 1 )
Still have questions?
Our Discord community is active daily - traders and staff answer questions in real time.
Join DiscordView the Program →
Section: Still have questions?
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts. Traders Launch LLC, Philadelphia.
Quick Links
- Futures Trading
- Crypto Trading
- Results
- Affiliates
- FAQ
- Payout Rules
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See Terms.
+ Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
+ © 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
Privacy PolicyTerms of Service
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move into a Simfunded account, where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
Need more help?
Ask in Discord - traders and staff are there daily.
Join Discord
Getting Started( 5 )
The Evaluation( 14 )
Getting Funded( 1 )
Payouts( 3 )
Platforms & Trading( 5 )
Account Management( 1 )
Still have questions?
Our Discord community is active daily - traders and staff answer questions in real time.
Join DiscordView the Program →
Section: Still have questions?
− Traders LaunchHelping traders succeed with industry-leading funding opportunities and support.
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts. Traders Launch LLC, Philadelphia.
Quick Links
- Futures Trading
- Crypto Trading
- Results
- Affiliates
- FAQ
- Payout Rules
− © 2026 Traders Launch. All rights reserved.
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See Terms.
+ Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
+ © 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
Privacy PolicyTerms of Service
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move into a Simfunded account, where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
PremierFundedNext Futures · Road to Live Trading - Rapid Challenge and Flex Challenge | FundedNext Futures Help CenterMinimum Loss Level Floor changed from $2,000 to $1,000 at $4,000 balance, and account breach threshold changed from $2,000 to $1,000.Sep 27
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| 100K | 4 Mini | 40 Micro | 8 Mini | 80 Micro |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 150K | 5 Mini | 50 Micro | 10 Mini | 100 Micro |
5. Trailing MLL Explained
The Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) on your live account is trailing. It moves up as your account grows, but never moves down.
The MLL locks in any of two situations:
- When you request a payout;
- When your profit equals your initial MLL amount
Once locked, the MLL floor is fixed. If your balance touches or drops below this floor, the account is auto-liquidated.
Note: If the requested withdrawal reduces the current account balance to the initial deposit amount, the account will be automatically liquidated.
Example: 50K account ($2,000 starting balance):
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Account opens | $2,000 | $0 | — |
Section: 5. Trailing MLL Explained
−
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance grows to $3,000 | $3,000 | $1,000 | MLL trails up with balance |
| Balance reaches $4,000 | $4,000 | $2,000 | MLL locks — profit has equalled the MLL amount |
| Payout requested at any point | — | $2,000 | MLL locks at the starting balance if not already locked |
| Balance drops to $2,000 | $2,000 | $2,000 | The account has reached the MLL Level, account breached |
Key rule: Once the MLL locks, it will not trail further. You can never lose more than your starting MLL buffer from that point.
6. MLL Lock Benefit
Your MLL locks $1,000 below your starting balance. On a 50K live account, that means your MLL locks at $1,000, not at the $2,000 starting balance. This is the MLL Lock Benefit, and it applies automatically to every live account.
Here's the full journey on a 50K account:
You start with a $2,000 balance, and your MLL trails up from $0 as you profit. The MLL locks when your profit equals your starting balance (balance reaches $4,000) or when you request a payout, whichever comes first. At that moment, the floor is set at $1,000. Permanently. It will never trail up again, no matter how much you make above it.
From the lock onward, $1,000 is the only breach level on your account. Dropping below your $2,000 starting balance does not end your account anymore. Your account breaches only if your balance touches $1,000. Locking at $4,000 means you hold $3,000 of trading room, locked in for the life of the account.
Why we built it this way: A locked MLL means you've either doubled your loss buffer or taken a live payout. Both are proof that you can hold profits on a live account. We could hand out a one-time bonus; rather, we are providing what actually compounds: more room to keep trading, more room to scale payouts.
Locked MLL floors per account size:
| Account Size | Starting Balance | MLL Locks at |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $500 |
| 50K | $2,000 | $1,000 |
| 100K | $3,000 | $2,000 |
After
| 100K | 4 Mini | 40 Micro | 8 Mini | 80 Micro |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 150K | 5 Mini | 50 Micro | 10 Mini | 100 Micro |
5. Trailing MLL Explained
The Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) on your live account is trailing. It moves up as your account grows, but never moves down.
The MLL locks in any of two situations:
- When you request a payout;
- When your profit equals your initial MLL amount
Once locked, the MLL floor is fixed. If your balance touches or drops below this floor, the account is auto-liquidated.
Note: If the requested withdrawal reduces the current account balance to the initial deposit amount, the account will be automatically liquidated.
Example: 50K account ($2,000 starting balance):
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Account opens | $2,000 | $0 | — |
Section: 5. Trailing MLL Explained
+
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance grows to $3,000 | $3,000 | $1,000 | MLL trails up with balance and locks |
| Balance reaches $4,000 | $4,000 | $1,000 | Profit has equalled the initial balance amount |
+ Payout requested at any point | — | $1,000 | MLL locks at the starting balance—$1,000 if not already locked
+
| Balance drops to $1,000 | $1,000 | $1,000 | The account has reached the MLL Level, account breached |
|---|
Key rule: Once the MLL locks, it will not trail further. You can never lose more than your starting MLL buffer from that point.
6. MLL Lock Benefit
Your MLL locks $1,000 below your starting balance. On a 50K live account, that means your MLL locks at $1,000, not at the $2,000 starting balance. This is the MLL Lock Benefit, and it applies automatically to every live account.
Here's the full journey on a 50K account:
You start with a $2,000 balance, and your MLL trails up from $0 as you profit. The MLL locks when your profit equals your starting balance (balance reaches $4,000) or when you request a payout, whichever comes first. At that moment, the floor is set at $1,000. Permanently. It will never trail up again, no matter how much you make above it.
From the lock onward, $1,000 is the only breach level on your account. Dropping below your $2,000 starting balance does not end your account anymore. Your account breaches only if your balance touches $1,000. Locking at $4,000 means you hold $3,000 of trading room, locked in for the life of the account.
Why we built it this way: A locked MLL means you've either doubled your loss buffer or taken a live payout. Both are proof that you can hold profits on a live account. We could hand out a one-time bonus; rather, we are providing what actually compounds: more room to keep trading, more room to scale payouts.
Locked MLL floors per account size:
| Account Size | Starting Balance | MLL Locks at |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $500 |
| 50K | $2,000 | $1,000 |
| 100K | $3,000 | $2,000 |
| 100K | 4 Mini | 40 Micro | 8 Mini | 80 Micro |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 150K | 5 Mini | 50 Micro | 10 Mini | 100 Micro |
5. Trailing MLL Explained
The Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) on your live account is trailing. It moves up as your account grows, but never moves down.
The MLL locks in any of two situations:
- When you request a payout;
- When your profit equals your initial MLL amount
Once locked, the MLL floor is fixed. If your balance touches or drops below this floor, the account is auto-liquidated.
Note: If the requested withdrawal reduces the current account balance to the initial deposit amount, the account will be automatically liquidated.
Example: 50K account ($2,000 starting balance):
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Account opens | $2,000 | $0 | — |
Section: 5. Trailing MLL Explained
−
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance grows to $3,000 | $3,000 | $1,000 | MLL trails up with balance |
| Balance reaches $4,000 | $4,000 | $2,000 | MLL locks — profit has equalled the MLL amount |
| Payout requested at any point | — | $2,000 | MLL locks at the starting balance if not already locked |
| Balance drops to $2,000 | $2,000 | $2,000 | The account has reached the MLL Level, account breached |
+
| Event | Balance | MLL Floor | What Happens |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance grows to $3,000 | $3,000 | $1,000 | MLL trails up with balance and locks |
| Balance reaches $4,000 | $4,000 | $1,000 | Profit has equalled the initial balance amount |
+ Payout requested at any point | — | $1,000 | MLL locks at the starting balance—$1,000 if not already locked
+
| Balance drops to $1,000 | $1,000 | $1,000 | The account has reached the MLL Level, account breached |
|---|
Key rule: Once the MLL locks, it will not trail further. You can never lose more than your starting MLL buffer from that point.
6. MLL Lock Benefit
Your MLL locks $1,000 below your starting balance. On a 50K live account, that means your MLL locks at $1,000, not at the $2,000 starting balance. This is the MLL Lock Benefit, and it applies automatically to every live account.
Here's the full journey on a 50K account:
You start with a $2,000 balance, and your MLL trails up from $0 as you profit. The MLL locks when your profit equals your starting balance (balance reaches $4,000) or when you request a payout, whichever comes first. At that moment, the floor is set at $1,000. Permanently. It will never trail up again, no matter how much you make above it.
From the lock onward, $1,000 is the only breach level on your account. Dropping below your $2,000 starting balance does not end your account anymore. Your account breaches only if your balance touches $1,000. Locking at $4,000 means you hold $3,000 of trading room, locked in for the life of the account.
Why we built it this way: A locked MLL means you've either doubled your loss buffer or taken a live payout. Both are proof that you can hold profits on a live account. We could hand out a one-time bonus; rather, we are providing what actually compounds: more room to keep trading, more room to scale payouts.
Locked MLL floors per account size:
| Account Size | Starting Balance | MLL Locks at |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $500 |
| 50K | $2,000 | $1,000 |
| 100K | $3,000 | $2,000 |
TUnlistedTop One Futures · Top One Futures - Commissions and Fees | Top One Futures Help CenterSep 27
https://help.toponefutures.com/en/articles/12829687-top-one-futures-commissions-and-fees-on-tradovate-accounts -> https://help.toponefutures.com/en/articles/12829687-top-one-futures-commissions-and-fees
PremierTopstep · What is a Reset? | Topstep Help CenterQuestion title changed from "How do I apply a Reset?" to "How do I Reset my Trading Combine?"; answer expanded to describe Dashboard and TopstepX reset methods with new condition that Trading Combine must breach Maximum Loss Limit.Sep 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Can't combine (two 50K credits can't Reset a 100K)
- Can't use credits to buy a new Trading Combine — only on an existing active subscription
- Oldest matching credit will be used first
Reset FAQs
What does a Reset cost?
Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions
Can I Reset an Express Funded Account (XFA) or Live Funded Account (LFA)?
No. Resets only work on active Trading Combine subscriptions. For Express Funded Accounts, use Back2Funded. Learn more →
Does a Reset change my Rebill date?
Yes. Applying a Reset pushes your Rebill date out 30 days from the purchase date.
Can I get a refund for a purchased Reset, or reverse an applied Reset Credit?
No. Once Reset, it's done. Always double-check the account number before confirming. If your account was in profit before the Reset and no trades were placed after, Support may adjust your new profit target.
Section: How do I Reset my Trading Combine?
− How do I apply a Reset?
− Dashboard → select the active Trading Combine → click Reset → confirm. Eligible credits show automatically. No matching credit? Purchase one directly.
Is a Reset the same as Back2Funded?
No. Resets are for active Trading Combine subscriptions. Back2Funded reactivates a lost Express Funded Account for a fee. Learn more →
How do I get a free Reset?
Topstep sometimes offers free Resets on TopstepTV and through the newsletter. Subscribe to stay in the loop.
After
- Can't combine (two 50K credits can't Reset a 100K)
- Can't use credits to buy a new Trading Combine — only on an existing active subscription
- Oldest matching credit will be used first
Reset FAQs
What does a Reset cost?
Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions
Can I Reset an Express Funded Account (XFA) or Live Funded Account (LFA)?
No. Resets only work on active Trading Combine subscriptions. For Express Funded Accounts, use Back2Funded. Learn more →
Does a Reset change my Rebill date?
Yes. Applying a Reset pushes your Rebill date out 30 days from the purchase date.
Can I get a refund for a purchased Reset, or reverse an applied Reset Credit?
No. Once Reset, it's done. Always double-check the account number before confirming. If your account was in profit before the Reset and no trades were placed after, Support may adjust your new profit target.
Section: How do I Reset my Trading Combine?
+ How do I Reset my Trading Combine?
+ You can Reset your account in the Topstep Dashboard or the TopstepX platform once your Trading Combine breaches the Maximum Loss Limit.
+ - Dashboard → select the active Trading Combine → click Reset → confirm. Eligible credits show automatically. No matching credit? Purchase one directly.
+ - TopstepX → Trading Combine breaches Maximum Loss Limit → Pop-up appears that shows option to Reset.
Is a Reset the same as Back2Funded?
No. Resets are for active Trading Combine subscriptions. Back2Funded reactivates a lost Express Funded Account for a fee. Learn more →
How do I get a free Reset?
Topstep sometimes offers free Resets on TopstepTV and through the newsletter. Subscribe to stay in the loop.
- Can't combine (two 50K credits can't Reset a 100K)
- Can't use credits to buy a new Trading Combine — only on an existing active subscription
- Oldest matching credit will be used first
Reset FAQs
What does a Reset cost?
Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions
Can I Reset an Express Funded Account (XFA) or Live Funded Account (LFA)?
No. Resets only work on active Trading Combine subscriptions. For Express Funded Accounts, use Back2Funded. Learn more →
Does a Reset change my Rebill date?
Yes. Applying a Reset pushes your Rebill date out 30 days from the purchase date.
Can I get a refund for a purchased Reset, or reverse an applied Reset Credit?
No. Once Reset, it's done. Always double-check the account number before confirming. If your account was in profit before the Reset and no trades were placed after, Support may adjust your new profit target.
Section: How do I Reset my Trading Combine?
− How do I apply a Reset?
− Dashboard → select the active Trading Combine → click Reset → confirm. Eligible credits show automatically. No matching credit? Purchase one directly.
+ How do I Reset my Trading Combine?
+ You can Reset your account in the Topstep Dashboard or the TopstepX platform once your Trading Combine breaches the Maximum Loss Limit.
+ - Dashboard → select the active Trading Combine → click Reset → confirm. Eligible credits show automatically. No matching credit? Purchase one directly.
+ - TopstepX → Trading Combine breaches Maximum Loss Limit → Pop-up appears that shows option to Reset.
Is a Reset the same as Back2Funded?
No. Resets are for active Trading Combine subscriptions. Back2Funded reactivates a lost Express Funded Account for a fee. Learn more →
How do I get a free Reset?
Topstep sometimes offers free Resets on TopstepTV and through the newsletter. Subscribe to stay in the loop.
PremierTopstep · TopstepX: Price Alerts | Topstep Help CenterSep 26
PremierTopstep · TopstepX™ | Topstep Help CenterRemoved detailed information about alert limits, contract rollovers, user-specificity, trigger behavior, notification delivery, and setup instructions; replaced with brief description and link.Sep 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
Price Alerts
Section: Price Alerts
− Price Alerts on TopstepX™ allow you to track key market levels and receive instant notifications when your targets are met.
− ✋ Before you setting Price Alerts, please know:
− - Alert Limits: You are limited to a maximum of 40 total alerts at any given time. This cap includes both active and paused/inactive alerts.
− - Contract Rollovers: Alerts are strictly contract-specific. When a contract rolls over, all attached alerts are permanently deleted, so you will need to recreate them for the new front-month contract.
− - Alerts are user-specific, meaning any alert you create will automatically share across all trading accounts tied to your same username.
− - Alert Triggers: If you select the "Every time" trigger option, it will trigger once per minute to prevent performance lag during fast, highly volatile markets.
− - While alerts will still trigger on the server if your platform is closed or your computer is asleep, you will not receive the visual notification until you log back in. Additionally, audio/sound notifications will not play unless the TopstepX platform is actively open on your machine.
− - Alert Type: Alerts are currently triggered in the platform only (while trading on a mobile phone or on a desktop). You cannot receive them via phone, email, or SMS at this time.
− Setting up Price Alerts
− - Desktop: To set a Price Alert, right-click the chart on TopstepX and select Create Alert.
− - Mobile: Click the 3 dots in the bottom right of your screen, then click Price Alerts. From there, click +Create Alert at the top left of your screen.
− Price Alert FAQ's
− Timing, Expiration, and Conditions
− - What exact time does an alert expire?
− Always midnight (12:00 AM) based on the local time zone of your computer when the alert was created.
− Example: If you select End of Trading Day, or One Week both will expire at Midnight on either that day or a week from the day you created the alert. However, if you select Till Canceled, that alert will not expire until the contract rolls over.
− - If I select "Every time" and the market is moving fast, can I slow down that trigger?
− "Every time" will only trigger once per minute. There is no way to slow it down further at this time.
− - What happens after a "Once" alert is triggered?
− The alert moves to a paused state. You can restart it from the top-right corner, or from the active/paused alerts menu.
− - What happens to my alerts during rollover?
− Alerts are contract-specific. When a contract is rolled over, the alert will be deleted.
− - What do the different Alert Conditions mean?
− - Crossing: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed
− - Crossing Up: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed moving up
− - Crossing Down: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed moving down
− Managing Alerts
− How many alerts can I have?
− 40 total. This includes both active and inactive alerts.
− Can I show paused alerts on the chart?
− Yes. Go to the alerts icon in the top-right corner, click the settings icon, and check the box for "Show paused alerts on chart." This is turned off by default.
− Can I reactivate a paused alert?
− Yes. Go to your active alerts and scroll all the way down and you will find the ‘paused alerts’ section.
− Can I drag an alert to change the price instead of editing it?
− Yes. You can drag and drop an alert on the chart at any time to change the price it triggers at.
− Are alerts account-specific or shared across accounts?
− Alerts are user-specific, which means they are shared across all of your accounts.
− Does clearing the alert log delete my active alerts?
− It does not. Active alerts are not impacted by the "Clear alert log" action.
− Notifications & platform status
− Do alerts work if I'm logged out or close TopstepX?
− Yes. The alert will trigger, and you'll see the notification the next time you log in to the platform. Note: sound alerts will not trigger unless the platform is open.
− Will alerts trigger while my computer is locked or asleep?
− The alert will trigger, but you won't receive the notification until you log back into the platform or wake up your computer.
− Can I receive alerts on my phone, email, or SMS?
− Not at this time. More updates are planned for these — keep an eye out for additional features in the future.
− Can Support see my alerts if I need help?
− Yes. Alerts can be viewed in our admin tools, so the Support team is able to help if you have any questions.
Track Your Preferred Products
Track Your Preferred Products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
No traditional watchlist. Use favorites instead:
- Open the Order Ticket or DOM
- Click the Contract dropdown
- Star ⭐ your preferred products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
Trade Copier
Trade Copier
The Trade Copier lets you mirror trades from a Lead account to 1 or more Follower accounts automatically — so you can run the same strategy across multiple accounts without placing every order manually.
- Lead account — where you place your trades
After
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
Price Alerts
Section: Price Alerts
+ Price Alerts on TopstepX™ allow you to track key market levels and receive instant notifications when your targets are met. Learn more here!
Track Your Preferred Products
Track Your Preferred Products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
No traditional watchlist. Use favorites instead:
- Open the Order Ticket or DOM
- Click the Contract dropdown
- Star ⭐ your preferred products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
Trade Copier
Trade Copier
The Trade Copier lets you mirror trades from a Lead account to 1 or more Follower accounts automatically — so you can run the same strategy across multiple accounts without placing every order manually.
- Lead account — where you place your trades
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
Price Alerts
Section: Price Alerts
− Price Alerts on TopstepX™ allow you to track key market levels and receive instant notifications when your targets are met.
− ✋ Before you setting Price Alerts, please know:
− - Alert Limits: You are limited to a maximum of 40 total alerts at any given time. This cap includes both active and paused/inactive alerts.
− - Contract Rollovers: Alerts are strictly contract-specific. When a contract rolls over, all attached alerts are permanently deleted, so you will need to recreate them for the new front-month contract.
− - Alerts are user-specific, meaning any alert you create will automatically share across all trading accounts tied to your same username.
− - Alert Triggers: If you select the "Every time" trigger option, it will trigger once per minute to prevent performance lag during fast, highly volatile markets.
− - While alerts will still trigger on the server if your platform is closed or your computer is asleep, you will not receive the visual notification until you log back in. Additionally, audio/sound notifications will not play unless the TopstepX platform is actively open on your machine.
− - Alert Type: Alerts are currently triggered in the platform only (while trading on a mobile phone or on a desktop). You cannot receive them via phone, email, or SMS at this time.
− Setting up Price Alerts
− - Desktop: To set a Price Alert, right-click the chart on TopstepX and select Create Alert.
− - Mobile: Click the 3 dots in the bottom right of your screen, then click Price Alerts. From there, click +Create Alert at the top left of your screen.
− Price Alert FAQ's
− Timing, Expiration, and Conditions
− - What exact time does an alert expire?
− Always midnight (12:00 AM) based on the local time zone of your computer when the alert was created.
− Example: If you select End of Trading Day, or One Week both will expire at Midnight on either that day or a week from the day you created the alert. However, if you select Till Canceled, that alert will not expire until the contract rolls over.
− - If I select "Every time" and the market is moving fast, can I slow down that trigger?
− "Every time" will only trigger once per minute. There is no way to slow it down further at this time.
− - What happens after a "Once" alert is triggered?
− The alert moves to a paused state. You can restart it from the top-right corner, or from the active/paused alerts menu.
− - What happens to my alerts during rollover?
− Alerts are contract-specific. When a contract is rolled over, the alert will be deleted.
− - What do the different Alert Conditions mean?
− - Crossing: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed
− - Crossing Up: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed moving up
− - Crossing Down: Alert triggered when the price gets crossed moving down
− Managing Alerts
− How many alerts can I have?
− 40 total. This includes both active and inactive alerts.
− Can I show paused alerts on the chart?
− Yes. Go to the alerts icon in the top-right corner, click the settings icon, and check the box for "Show paused alerts on chart." This is turned off by default.
− Can I reactivate a paused alert?
− Yes. Go to your active alerts and scroll all the way down and you will find the ‘paused alerts’ section.
− Can I drag an alert to change the price instead of editing it?
− Yes. You can drag and drop an alert on the chart at any time to change the price it triggers at.
− Are alerts account-specific or shared across accounts?
− Alerts are user-specific, which means they are shared across all of your accounts.
− Does clearing the alert log delete my active alerts?
− It does not. Active alerts are not impacted by the "Clear alert log" action.
− Notifications & platform status
− Do alerts work if I'm logged out or close TopstepX?
− Yes. The alert will trigger, and you'll see the notification the next time you log in to the platform. Note: sound alerts will not trigger unless the platform is open.
− Will alerts trigger while my computer is locked or asleep?
− The alert will trigger, but you won't receive the notification until you log back into the platform or wake up your computer.
− Can I receive alerts on my phone, email, or SMS?
− Not at this time. More updates are planned for these — keep an eye out for additional features in the future.
− Can Support see my alerts if I need help?
− Yes. Alerts can be viewed in our admin tools, so the Support team is able to help if you have any questions.
+ Price Alerts on TopstepX™ allow you to track key market levels and receive instant notifications when your targets are met. Learn more here!
Track Your Preferred Products
Track Your Preferred Products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
No traditional watchlist. Use favorites instead:
- Open the Order Ticket or DOM
- Click the Contract dropdown
- Star ⭐ your preferred products
Starred products move to the top of the dropdown.
Trade Copier
Trade Copier
The Trade Copier lets you mirror trades from a Lead account to 1 or more Follower accounts automatically — so you can run the same strategy across multiple accounts without placing every order manually.
- Lead account — where you place your trades
PremierTopstep · Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions | Topstep Help CenterAdded guidance on purchasing Resets from Topstep dashboard or TopstepX platform after Maximum Loss Limit breach.Sep 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| 50K | $49/month | $95/month |
|---|---|---|
| 100K | $99/month | $149/month |
| 150K | $199/month | $229/month |
⚠️ Important: Paths cannot be changed after purchase.
The Details:
- Standard Path: Lower monthly cost. $149 Activation Fee charged once per Express Funded Account (XFA) earned. Best for Traders still building consistency.
- No Activation Fee Path: Higher monthly cost. No fee when you pass. Best for Traders confident they’ll pass in 1–2 attempts.
Reset Pricing
| Account Size | Standard Path | No Activation Fee Path |
|---|---|---|
| 50K | $49 | $95 |
| 100K | $99 | $149 |
| 150K | $199 | $229 |
Section: Reset Pricing
Express Funded Account Activation & Reactivation
☝️ Activation
Depends on your path: Standard Path — $149, charged once per XFA earned. No Activation Fee Path — $0.
👉 Reactivation
Lost your XFA before your first Payout? Reactivate through our Back2Funded option.
Reactivation fees:
- $50K XFA — $599
- $100K XFA — $699
- $150K XFA — $829
⏳ Reactivation window: 30 calendar days from account closure. Learn more here.
Responsible Trading Discount
🙌 There's now a Responsible Trading Discount when you add a DLL at purchase for No Activation Fee Trading Combines, Express Funded Account Activations, and Back2Funded Reactivations. 👉 Discount is applied at checkout. Learn more here.
After
| 50K | $49/month | $95/month |
|---|---|---|
| 100K | $99/month | $149/month |
| 150K | $199/month | $229/month |
⚠️ Important: Paths cannot be changed after purchase.
The Details:
- Standard Path: Lower monthly cost. $149 Activation Fee charged once per Express Funded Account (XFA) earned. Best for Traders still building consistency.
- No Activation Fee Path: Higher monthly cost. No fee when you pass. Best for Traders confident they’ll pass in 1–2 attempts.
Reset Pricing
| Account Size | Standard Path | No Activation Fee Path |
|---|---|---|
| 50K | $49 | $95 |
| 100K | $99 | $149 |
| 150K | $199 | $229 |
Section: Reset Pricing
+ You may purchase a Reset from your Topstep dashboard, or within the TopstepX platform once your Trading Combine breaches the Maximum Loss Limit. Learn more about Resets here.
Express Funded Account Activation & Reactivation
☝️ Activation
Depends on your path: Standard Path — $149, charged once per XFA earned. No Activation Fee Path — $0.
👉 Reactivation
Lost your XFA before your first Payout? Reactivate through our Back2Funded option.
Reactivation fees:
- $50K XFA — $599
- $100K XFA — $699
- $150K XFA — $829
⏳ Reactivation window: 30 calendar days from account closure. Learn more here.
Responsible Trading Discount
🙌 There's now a Responsible Trading Discount when you add a DLL at purchase for No Activation Fee Trading Combines, Express Funded Account Activations, and Back2Funded Reactivations. 👉 Discount is applied at checkout. Learn more here.
| 50K | $49/month | $95/month |
|---|---|---|
| 100K | $99/month | $149/month |
| 150K | $199/month | $229/month |
⚠️ Important: Paths cannot be changed after purchase.
The Details:
- Standard Path: Lower monthly cost. $149 Activation Fee charged once per Express Funded Account (XFA) earned. Best for Traders still building consistency.
- No Activation Fee Path: Higher monthly cost. No fee when you pass. Best for Traders confident they’ll pass in 1–2 attempts.
Reset Pricing
| Account Size | Standard Path | No Activation Fee Path |
|---|---|---|
| 50K | $49 | $95 |
| 100K | $99 | $149 |
| 150K | $199 | $229 |
Section: Reset Pricing
+ You may purchase a Reset from your Topstep dashboard, or within the TopstepX platform once your Trading Combine breaches the Maximum Loss Limit. Learn more about Resets here.
Express Funded Account Activation & Reactivation
☝️ Activation
Depends on your path: Standard Path — $149, charged once per XFA earned. No Activation Fee Path — $0.
👉 Reactivation
Lost your XFA before your first Payout? Reactivate through our Back2Funded option.
Reactivation fees:
- $50K XFA — $599
- $100K XFA — $699
- $150K XFA — $829
⏳ Reactivation window: 30 calendar days from account closure. Learn more here.
Responsible Trading Discount
🙌 There's now a Responsible Trading Discount when you add a DLL at purchase for No Activation Fee Trading Combines, Express Funded Account Activations, and Back2Funded Reactivations. 👉 Discount is applied at checkout. Learn more here.
PremierTake Profit Trader · PRO+ Development: 30-Day Live-Capital CooldownSep 26
PremierFundedNext Futures · What is FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterFirst 5 Purchases threshold changed to First 2 Purchases, 6 Purchases Onward to 3 Purchases Onward, and Flex 100K pricing increased from $249.99 to $264.99 with associated price adjustments.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures Flex is our most affordable 1-time fee challenge with the lowest profit targets among all existing models. Traders benefit from an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, no daily loss limits, and no buffer rules, allowing for maximum trading flexibility.
A 40% consistency rule applies only during the Challenge Phase to ensure sustainable growth. In the FundedNext Account, there is no consistency rule, and traders can earn up to a 95% Reward Share. The model also features the lowest reset fees in the industry and a clear road to live funding.
Flex is designed to democratize professional funding through the FundedNext Road to Live program. It is FundedNext Futures’ most accessible and adaptable model, designed for traders who want the lowest barrier to entry and a straightforward path to live market access.
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed to be the most accessible and affordable path to professional funding. Featuring the lowest profit targets in the industry and no activation fees, this single-phase challenge allows traders to secure a funded account with a one-time fee.
What are the Available Account Sizes in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge provides three different account models (50K, 100K, 150K), each designed with a low profit target and a flexible maximum loss limit to suit various trading styles.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Maximum Loss Limit | Maximum Loss Limit Locks |
|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | $2,500 | $1,500 | $50,100 |
| Flex 100K | $5,000 | $2,500 | $100,100 |
| Flex 150K | $8,000 | $4,000 | $150,100 |
What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge offers some of the most affordable pricing in the market, making it accessible to a wide range of traders. It is designed to provide excellent value by combining low entry costs with favorable trading conditions.
Section: What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
−
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 | $77.99 |
−
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $249.99 | $129.99 | $149.99 | $144.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 | $278.99 |
Can I reset my FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, you can reset your account as long as it is still in the Challenge Phase, giving you the flexibility to start over if needed. However, once your account progresses to a FundedNext Account, the reset option is no longer available. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
Does the Consistency Rule apply to the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, the consistency rule applies during the Challenge Phase of the FundedNext Futures Flex Account. Traders are required to keep their profits within 40% of the total profit target. If this rule is not followed, the Challenge Phase profit target will be increased accordingly. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
How is the Maximum Loss Limit calculated in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The maximum loss limit in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is calculated based on your account balance and follows a trailing drawdown method. This means the loss limit adjusts as your account balance increases, helping to lock in a portion of your gains over time.
The trailing drawdown will eventually lock in at specific levels depending on the account size, such as $50,100 / $100,100 / $150,100, after which it no longer trails further. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
What are the Contract Limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The contract limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge define the maximum number of contracts a trader can use or hold at any given time. These limits vary depending on the account model and are designed to help manage risk and promote disciplined trading.
| Account Size | Maximum Contract Limits | |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | 3 Mini | 30 Micro |
After
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures Flex is our most affordable 1-time fee challenge with the lowest profit targets among all existing models. Traders benefit from an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, no daily loss limits, and no buffer rules, allowing for maximum trading flexibility.
A 40% consistency rule applies only during the Challenge Phase to ensure sustainable growth. In the FundedNext Account, there is no consistency rule, and traders can earn up to a 95% Reward Share. The model also features the lowest reset fees in the industry and a clear road to live funding.
Flex is designed to democratize professional funding through the FundedNext Road to Live program. It is FundedNext Futures’ most accessible and adaptable model, designed for traders who want the lowest barrier to entry and a straightforward path to live market access.
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed to be the most accessible and affordable path to professional funding. Featuring the lowest profit targets in the industry and no activation fees, this single-phase challenge allows traders to secure a funded account with a one-time fee.
What are the Available Account Sizes in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge provides three different account models (50K, 100K, 150K), each designed with a low profit target and a flexible maximum loss limit to suit various trading styles.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Maximum Loss Limit | Maximum Loss Limit Locks |
|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | $2,500 | $1,500 | $50,100 |
| Flex 100K | $5,000 | $2,500 | $100,100 |
| Flex 150K | $8,000 | $4,000 | $150,100 |
What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge offers some of the most affordable pricing in the market, making it accessible to a wide range of traders. It is designed to provide excellent value by combining low entry costs with favorable trading conditions.
Section: What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
+
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Size | Account Price | First 2 Purchases | 3 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 | $77.99 |
+
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $264.99 | $139.99 | $149.99 | $147.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 | $278.99 |
Can I reset my FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, you can reset your account as long as it is still in the Challenge Phase, giving you the flexibility to start over if needed. However, once your account progresses to a FundedNext Account, the reset option is no longer available. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
Does the Consistency Rule apply to the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, the consistency rule applies during the Challenge Phase of the FundedNext Futures Flex Account. Traders are required to keep their profits within 40% of the total profit target. If this rule is not followed, the Challenge Phase profit target will be increased accordingly. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
How is the Maximum Loss Limit calculated in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The maximum loss limit in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is calculated based on your account balance and follows a trailing drawdown method. This means the loss limit adjusts as your account balance increases, helping to lock in a portion of your gains over time.
The trailing drawdown will eventually lock in at specific levels depending on the account size, such as $50,100 / $100,100 / $150,100, after which it no longer trails further. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
What are the Contract Limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The contract limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge define the maximum number of contracts a trader can use or hold at any given time. These limits vary depending on the account model and are designed to help manage risk and promote disciplined trading.
| Account Size | Maximum Contract Limits | |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | 3 Mini | 30 Micro |
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures Flex is our most affordable 1-time fee challenge with the lowest profit targets among all existing models. Traders benefit from an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, no daily loss limits, and no buffer rules, allowing for maximum trading flexibility.
A 40% consistency rule applies only during the Challenge Phase to ensure sustainable growth. In the FundedNext Account, there is no consistency rule, and traders can earn up to a 95% Reward Share. The model also features the lowest reset fees in the industry and a clear road to live funding.
Flex is designed to democratize professional funding through the FundedNext Road to Live program. It is FundedNext Futures’ most accessible and adaptable model, designed for traders who want the lowest barrier to entry and a straightforward path to live market access.
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed to be the most accessible and affordable path to professional funding. Featuring the lowest profit targets in the industry and no activation fees, this single-phase challenge allows traders to secure a funded account with a one-time fee.
What are the Available Account Sizes in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge provides three different account models (50K, 100K, 150K), each designed with a low profit target and a flexible maximum loss limit to suit various trading styles.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Maximum Loss Limit | Maximum Loss Limit Locks |
|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | $2,500 | $1,500 | $50,100 |
| Flex 100K | $5,000 | $2,500 | $100,100 |
| Flex 150K | $8,000 | $4,000 | $150,100 |
What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge offers some of the most affordable pricing in the market, making it accessible to a wide range of traders. It is designed to provide excellent value by combining low entry costs with favorable trading conditions.
Section: What is the pricing of the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
−
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|
+
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Size | Account Price | First 2 Purchases | 3 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 | $77.99 |
−
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $249.99 | $129.99 | $149.99 | $144.99 |
+
| Account Size | Account Price | First 5 Purchases | 6 Purchases Onward | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $264.99 | $139.99 | $149.99 | $147.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 | $278.99 |
Can I reset my FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, you can reset your account as long as it is still in the Challenge Phase, giving you the flexibility to start over if needed. However, once your account progresses to a FundedNext Account, the reset option is no longer available. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
Does the Consistency Rule apply to the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
Yes, the consistency rule applies during the Challenge Phase of the FundedNext Futures Flex Account. Traders are required to keep their profits within 40% of the total profit target. If this rule is not followed, the Challenge Phase profit target will be increased accordingly. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
How is the Maximum Loss Limit calculated in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The maximum loss limit in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is calculated based on your account balance and follows a trailing drawdown method. This means the loss limit adjusts as your account balance increases, helping to lock in a portion of your gains over time.
The trailing drawdown will eventually lock in at specific levels depending on the account size, such as $50,100 / $100,100 / $150,100, after which it no longer trails further. For more details, you can refer to our related article here.
What are the Contract Limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge?
The contract limits in the FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge define the maximum number of contracts a trader can use or hold at any given time. These limits vary depending on the account model and are designed to help manage risk and promote disciplined trading.
| Account Size | Maximum Contract Limits | |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 50K | 3 Mini | 30 Micro |
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the available Account sizes and their Prices in FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterFirst discounted purchase threshold changed from 5 to 2, and $100K account base price increased from $249.99 to $264.99 with first discounted purchase price raised from $129.99 to $139.99.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures offers multiple account sizes across different challenge models, including $25K, $50K, $100K, and $150K accounts. Pricing varies depending on the selected challenge type — Rapid Pro and Daily, Legacy, or Flex—with each model offering different trading conditions, rules, and features. The Flex Account also includes a 95% Reward Share for traders seeking higher profit potential.
1. Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Rapid Pro & Daily Challenge is designed for traders who want speed and flexibility in a single challenge, with a fast one-day pass, an End-of-Day trailing drawdown, and two selectable paths — Rapid Pro and Rapid Daily. The Rapid Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose the path and model that best suit their trading style and risk management preferences.
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | Offer Price | Rapid Pro + Add-On + Offer Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $25K | $159.98 | $79.99 | $59.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $50K | $299.98 | $169.99 | $129.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $100K | $499.98 | $279.99 | $229.99 |
2. Flex Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed for traders who prefer more adaptable trading conditions with a low profit target, flexible trailing drawdown, and features like the 95% Reward Share. The Flex Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose a model that best suits their trading style and risk management preferences.
Section: 2. Flex Challenge
−
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|
| Flex | $50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 |
−
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex | $100K | $249.99 | $129.99 | $149.99 |
| Flex | $150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 |
- How does Flex offer work?
Here's how Flex pricing works. The first five purchases made with the coupon get the best pricing: $69.99 at 50K, $129.99 at 100K, and $249.99 at 150K. From the sixth purchase onward, the same coupon applies a different discount, bringing the price to $79.99, $149.99, and $289.99.
4. Legacy Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Legacy Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a more structured trading environment with disciplined risk management. It includes a Consistency Rule during the Challenge Phase, encouraging traders to maintain stable and consistent trading performance throughout their evaluation journey.
| Account Model | Account Size | Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy | $25K | $79.99 |
| Legacy | $50K | $199.99 |
| Legacy | $100K | $239.99 |
In Summery, FundedNext Futures offers a variety of challenge models designed to match different trading styles and preferences. Whether traders prefer the flexibility of the Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge, the structured approach of the Legacy Challenge, or the adaptable trading conditions of the Flex Challenge, each model provides unique features, account sizes, and pricing options. Traders can choose the challenge that best aligns with their risk management approach, trading strategy, and profit goals.
Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
After
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures offers multiple account sizes across different challenge models, including $25K, $50K, $100K, and $150K accounts. Pricing varies depending on the selected challenge type — Rapid Pro and Daily, Legacy, or Flex—with each model offering different trading conditions, rules, and features. The Flex Account also includes a 95% Reward Share for traders seeking higher profit potential.
1. Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Rapid Pro & Daily Challenge is designed for traders who want speed and flexibility in a single challenge, with a fast one-day pass, an End-of-Day trailing drawdown, and two selectable paths — Rapid Pro and Rapid Daily. The Rapid Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose the path and model that best suit their trading style and risk management preferences.
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | Offer Price | Rapid Pro + Add-On + Offer Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $25K | $159.98 | $79.99 | $59.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $50K | $299.98 | $169.99 | $129.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $100K | $499.98 | $279.99 | $229.99 |
2. Flex Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed for traders who prefer more adaptable trading conditions with a low profit target, flexible trailing drawdown, and features like the 95% Reward Share. The Flex Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose a model that best suits their trading style and risk management preferences.
Section: 2. Flex Challenge
+
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 2 Purchases | 3rd purchase onwards |
| Flex | $50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 |
+
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex | $100K | $264.99 | $139.99 | $149.99 |
| Flex | $150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 |
- How does Flex offer work?
Here's how Flex pricing works. The first five purchases made with the coupon get the best pricing: $69.99 at 50K, $129.99 at 100K, and $249.99 at 150K. From the sixth purchase onward, the same coupon applies a different discount, bringing the price to $79.99, $149.99, and $289.99.
4. Legacy Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Legacy Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a more structured trading environment with disciplined risk management. It includes a Consistency Rule during the Challenge Phase, encouraging traders to maintain stable and consistent trading performance throughout their evaluation journey.
| Account Model | Account Size | Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy | $25K | $79.99 |
| Legacy | $50K | $199.99 |
| Legacy | $100K | $239.99 |
In Summery, FundedNext Futures offers a variety of challenge models designed to match different trading styles and preferences. Whether traders prefer the flexibility of the Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge, the structured approach of the Legacy Challenge, or the adaptable trading conditions of the Flex Challenge, each model provides unique features, account sizes, and pricing options. Traders can choose the challenge that best aligns with their risk management approach, trading strategy, and profit goals.
Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
TL;DR: FundedNext Futures offers multiple account sizes across different challenge models, including $25K, $50K, $100K, and $150K accounts. Pricing varies depending on the selected challenge type — Rapid Pro and Daily, Legacy, or Flex—with each model offering different trading conditions, rules, and features. The Flex Account also includes a 95% Reward Share for traders seeking higher profit potential.
1. Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Rapid Pro & Daily Challenge is designed for traders who want speed and flexibility in a single challenge, with a fast one-day pass, an End-of-Day trailing drawdown, and two selectable paths — Rapid Pro and Rapid Daily. The Rapid Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose the path and model that best suit their trading style and risk management preferences.
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | Offer Price | Rapid Pro + Add-On + Offer Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $25K | $159.98 | $79.99 | $59.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $50K | $299.98 | $169.99 | $129.99 |
| Rapid Pro and Daily | $100K | $499.98 | $279.99 | $229.99 |
2. Flex Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Flex Challenge is designed for traders who prefer more adaptable trading conditions with a low profit target, flexible trailing drawdown, and features like the 95% Reward Share. The Flex Challenge is available in multiple account sizes, allowing traders to choose a model that best suits their trading style and risk management preferences.
Section: 2. Flex Challenge
−
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|
+
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 2 Purchases | 3rd purchase onwards |
| Flex | $50K | $133.99 | $69.99 | $79.99 |
−
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex | $100K | $249.99 | $129.99 | $149.99 |
+
| Account Model | Account Size | Base Price | First 5 Purchases | 6th purchase onwards |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Flex | $100K | $264.99 | $139.99 | $149.99 |
| Flex | $150K | $483.99 | $249.99 | $289.99 |
- How does Flex offer work?
Here's how Flex pricing works. The first five purchases made with the coupon get the best pricing: $69.99 at 50K, $129.99 at 100K, and $249.99 at 150K. From the sixth purchase onward, the same coupon applies a different discount, bringing the price to $79.99, $149.99, and $289.99.
4. Legacy Challenge
The FundedNext Futures Legacy Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a more structured trading environment with disciplined risk management. It includes a Consistency Rule during the Challenge Phase, encouraging traders to maintain stable and consistent trading performance throughout their evaluation journey.
| Account Model | Account Size | Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy | $25K | $79.99 |
| Legacy | $50K | $199.99 |
| Legacy | $100K | $239.99 |
In Summery, FundedNext Futures offers a variety of challenge models designed to match different trading styles and preferences. Whether traders prefer the flexibility of the Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge, the structured approach of the Legacy Challenge, or the adaptable trading conditions of the Flex Challenge, each model provides unique features, account sizes, and pricing options. Traders can choose the challenge that best aligns with their risk management approach, trading strategy, and profit goals.
Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the reset conditions and fees at FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterFlex 100K account initial price increased from $249.99 to $264.99.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Legacy 50K | $199.99 | $183.99 |
| Legacy 100K | $239.99 | $220.79 |
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $77.99 |
Section: Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
−
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $249.99 | $147.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $278.99 |
| Rapid Pro 25K | $79.99 | $84.99 |
| Rapid Pro 50K | $169.99 | $174.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
After
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Legacy 50K | $199.99 | $183.99 |
| Legacy 100K | $239.99 | $220.79 |
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $77.99 |
Section: Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
+
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $264.99 | $147.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $278.99 |
| Rapid Pro 25K | $79.99 | $84.99 |
| Rapid Pro 50K | $169.99 | $174.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Legacy 50K | $199.99 | $183.99 |
| Legacy 100K | $239.99 | $220.79 |
| Flex 50K | $133.99 | $77.99 |
Section: Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
−
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $249.99 | $147.99 |
+
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Flex 100K | $264.99 | $147.99 |
| Flex 150K | $483.99 | $278.99 |
| Rapid Pro 25K | $79.99 | $84.99 |
| Rapid Pro 50K | $169.99 | $174.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Builder Plan 150k - Comprehensive Guide | My Funded Futures Help CenterMaximum payout per cycle increased from $3,500 to $4,500, and minimum payout amount for live trading decreased from $1,500 to $250.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Soft Daily Loss Limit (Soft Pause) | $2,500 |
|---|---|
| Max Contracts | 9 Minis / 90 Micros |
| Buffer Required | $4,600 |
| Inactivity Rule | 7 Calendar Days |
| T1 News Trading | Allowed |
Payout Policy
The Builder 150K runs on a $4,500 payout cap per cycle, up to 5 sim payouts, each paid at 80/20 in your favor.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 - 80% to the Trader |
| Consistency Rule | 50% |
| Minimum Qualifying Days / Cycle | 2 Days |
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,500 |
Section: Payout Policy
−
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Maximum Payout Per Cycle | $3,500 |
| Buffer (Must Be Cleared to Request) | $4,600 |
Payout Requirements – Step by Step
- Your buffer must be fully cleared before you can submit any payout request. The buffer equals MLL + $100 or $4,500
- For your first payout: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit above the buffer.
- For all subsequent payouts: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit since your last approved payout.
- You must have traded on at least 2 trading days in the current cycle.
- The 50% consistency rule applies: your single largest profit day cannot represent more than 50% of your total profits in the cycle. This calculation resets after each approved payout.
Section: Payout Requirements – Step by Step
− - Maximum payout per cycle is $3,500. You keep 80% of what you withdraw.
Payout Example
Trader on the Builder 150K clears the buffer and builds $8,600 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $4,600 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $4,000, meets the $1,500 minimum for first payout
Section: Payout Example
− - Requested payout: $3,500 (within the $3,500 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,800
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $4,500 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
−
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,500 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
After
| Soft Daily Loss Limit (Soft Pause) | $2,500 |
|---|---|
| Max Contracts | 9 Minis / 90 Micros |
| Buffer Required | $4,600 |
| Inactivity Rule | 7 Calendar Days |
| T1 News Trading | Allowed |
Payout Policy
The Builder 150K runs on a $4,500 payout cap per cycle, up to 5 sim payouts, each paid at 80/20 in your favor.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 - 80% to the Trader |
| Consistency Rule | 50% |
| Minimum Qualifying Days / Cycle | 2 Days |
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,500 |
Section: Payout Policy
+
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Maximum Payout Per Cycle | $4,500 |
| Buffer (Must Be Cleared to Request) | $4,600 |
Payout Requirements – Step by Step
- Your buffer must be fully cleared before you can submit any payout request. The buffer equals MLL + $100 or $4,500
- For your first payout: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit above the buffer.
- For all subsequent payouts: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit since your last approved payout.
- You must have traded on at least 2 trading days in the current cycle.
- The 50% consistency rule applies: your single largest profit day cannot represent more than 50% of your total profits in the cycle. This calculation resets after each approved payout.
Section: Payout Requirements – Step by Step
+ - Maximum payout per cycle is $4,500. You keep 80% of what you withdraw.
Payout Example
Trader on the Builder 150K clears the buffer and builds $8,600 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $4,600 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $4,000, meets the $1,500 minimum for first payout
Section: Payout Example
+ - Requested payout: $3,500 (within the $4,500 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,800
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $4,500 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
+
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $250 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
| Soft Daily Loss Limit (Soft Pause) | $2,500 |
|---|---|
| Max Contracts | 9 Minis / 90 Micros |
| Buffer Required | $4,600 |
| Inactivity Rule | 7 Calendar Days |
| T1 News Trading | Allowed |
Payout Policy
The Builder 150K runs on a $4,500 payout cap per cycle, up to 5 sim payouts, each paid at 80/20 in your favor.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 - 80% to the Trader |
| Consistency Rule | 50% |
| Minimum Qualifying Days / Cycle | 2 Days |
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,500 |
Section: Payout Policy
−
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Maximum Payout Per Cycle | $3,500 |
+
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Maximum Payout Per Cycle | $4,500 |
| Buffer (Must Be Cleared to Request) | $4,600 |
Payout Requirements – Step by Step
- Your buffer must be fully cleared before you can submit any payout request. The buffer equals MLL + $100 or $4,500
- For your first payout: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit above the buffer.
- For all subsequent payouts: you must have at least $1,500 in net profit since your last approved payout.
- You must have traded on at least 2 trading days in the current cycle.
- The 50% consistency rule applies: your single largest profit day cannot represent more than 50% of your total profits in the cycle. This calculation resets after each approved payout.
Section: Payout Requirements – Step by Step
− - Maximum payout per cycle is $3,500. You keep 80% of what you withdraw.
+ - Maximum payout per cycle is $4,500. You keep 80% of what you withdraw.
Payout Example
Trader on the Builder 150K clears the buffer and builds $8,600 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $4,600 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $4,000, meets the $1,500 minimum for first payout
Section: Payout Example
− - Requested payout: $3,500 (within the $3,500 max)
+ - Requested payout: $3,500 (within the $4,500 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,800
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 150K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $4,500 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
−
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,500 |
+
| Max Contracts | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $250 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Builder Plan 100k - Comprehensive Guide | My Funded Futures Help CenterMinimum payout amount decreased from $1,000 to $250.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Trader on the Builder 100K clears the buffer and builds $6,500 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $3,100 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $3,400, meets the $1,000 minimum for first payout
- Requested payout: $3,000 (within the $3,000 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,400
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 100K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $3,000 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
−
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,000 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
After
Trader on the Builder 100K clears the buffer and builds $6,500 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $3,100 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $3,400, meets the $1,000 minimum for first payout
- Requested payout: $3,000 (within the $3,000 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,400
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 100K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $3,000 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
+
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $250 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
Trader on the Builder 100K clears the buffer and builds $6,500 in total sim profits.
- Buffer: $3,100 (cleared, payout requests now available)
- Net profit above buffer: $3,400, meets the $1,000 minimum for first payout
- Requested payout: $3,000 (within the $3,000 max)
- After 80/20 split, trader receives: $2,400
Transition to Live
After your 5th approved sim payout, you are eligible for a live funded account with Blue Row Capital.
| Builder 100K | |
|---|---|
| Promotion Trigger | After 5th approved sim payout |
| Live Account Drawdown | $3,000 EOD Trailing |
Max Loss Limit | Locks and remains static once it reaches $100 above the starting balance
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|
Section: Transition to Live
−
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $1,000 |
+
| Max Contracts | 3 Minis / 30 Micros |
|---|---|
| Minimum Payout Amount | $250 |
| Profit Split (Live) | 80% Trader / 20% Firm |
| Live Payout Cycle | Daily |
| Daily Loss Limit (Live) | None |
| Consistency Rule (Live) | None |
| Max Live Accounts | 1 |
Live payouts are processed daily and there is no consistency rule on the live account.
Live Post-Breach Cooldown Period Protocol
Following Live account closure due to Maximum Loss breach:
- 21-Day Cooldown Period initiation: All Sim Funded account trading is prohibited.
- New Evaluation purchases, account resets, or additional account acquisitions are prohibited.
Post-Cooldown (21 calendar days):
- Cooldown restrictions are lifted.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Consistency Rule at My FundedFutures | My Funded Futures Help CenterBuilder plans' consistency rule in the simulated funded stage increased from 30% to 50%.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule at MyFundedFutures is 30% on our Rapid EOD plans and 50% for Rapid Intraday and Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
Our Builder plans have no consistency rules in the evaluation stage and can be passed in 1 day.
− *** Builder plans have a 30% consistency rule in the simulated funded stage. ***
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 30% or 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the consistency targets does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than the listed percentage amount of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
https://www.marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator
Ready to take the Challenge?
After
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule at MyFundedFutures is 30% on our Rapid EOD plans and 50% for Rapid Intraday and Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
Our Builder plans have no consistency rules in the evaluation stage and can be passed in 1 day.
+ *** Builder plans have a 50% consistency rule in the simulated funded stage. ***
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 30% or 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the consistency targets does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than the listed percentage amount of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
https://www.marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator
Ready to take the Challenge?
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule at MyFundedFutures is 30% on our Rapid EOD plans and 50% for Rapid Intraday and Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
Our Builder plans have no consistency rules in the evaluation stage and can be passed in 1 day.
− *** Builder plans have a 30% consistency rule in the simulated funded stage. ***
+ *** Builder plans have a 50% consistency rule in the simulated funded stage. ***
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 30% or 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the consistency targets does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than the listed percentage amount of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
https://www.marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator
Ready to take the Challenge?
PremierTake Profit Trader · Commissions for PRO+Commission rate reference link for PRO+ accounts changed from ninjatrader.com/PDF/ninjatrader_futures_commissions.pdf to ninjatrader.com/pricing/commissions/.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Commission rates for PRO+ accounts differ from those applied to Test and PRO accounts. Traders on a PRO+ account are subject to a separate commission structure.
You can find an overview of commissions for PRO+ accounts here:
− - https://ninjatrader.com/PDF/ninjatrader_futures_commissions.pdf
-
https://www.tradovate.com/pricing/
After
Commission rates for PRO+ accounts differ from those applied to Test and PRO accounts. Traders on a PRO+ account are subject to a separate commission structure.
You can find an overview of commissions for PRO+ accounts here:
+ - https://ninjatrader.com/pricing/commissions/
-
https://www.tradovate.com/pricing/
Commission rates for PRO+ accounts differ from those applied to Test and PRO accounts. Traders on a PRO+ account are subject to a separate commission structure.
You can find an overview of commissions for PRO+ accounts here:
− - https://ninjatrader.com/PDF/ninjatrader_futures_commissions.pdf
+ - https://ninjatrader.com/pricing/commissions/
-
https://www.tradovate.com/pricing/
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Live Trading Program | FuturesElite FAQRemoved information about how multiple funded accounts are queued and activated when active accounts empty their Reserve or close.Sep 25
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
How much of my sim profit converts? Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
How does the loss floor move? Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
Is there a daily loss limit? No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
What is the Live Cushion? Half of your starting loss floor, $1,000 on a 50K. Your first profits fill it and it stays in the account until you have logged 15 profitable days. It is your money, held, not taken.
Can I withdraw before the cushion is full? No. The cushion fills first. On a 50K, your first $1,000 of profit stays in the account, and everything above it is withdrawable daily.
Can I withdraw before the fifteen days are done? Yes, anything above the cushion. The fifteen days only decide when the cushion itself becomes withdrawable.
What counts as a profitable day? A session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size: $75 on the 25K, $150 on the 50K, $225 on the 75K, $300 on the 100K, $450 on the 150K. Closing at $140 on a 50K is a green day, but it does not count. A $600 day counts as one day, not more.
Do the fifteen days have to be in a row? No. Losing days in between do not reset anything. Only the count of profitable days matters, and there is no deadline.
Does withdrawing change my loss floor? No. The floor trails on best close and never reacts to a withdrawal. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
How do I unlock my Reserve? First hit both marks: 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. They are the same 15 days that unlock your cushion, so one count does both. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
Is the cushion the same as my Reserve? No. The Reserve is your converted sim profit. The cushion is profit earned on the live account. Both use the same count of 15 profitable days, and the Reserve also needs $5,000 in total live profits before its first unlock. Each live account has its own cushion and its own count.
− I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live? Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
Can I hedge? No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
What happens if I lose my live account? The account closes with whatever balance is in it, including any cushion still held. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
How often are payouts? Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits above the cushion and your unlocked Reserve.
After
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
How much of my sim profit converts? Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
How does the loss floor move? Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
Is there a daily loss limit? No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
What is the Live Cushion? Half of your starting loss floor, $1,000 on a 50K. Your first profits fill it and it stays in the account until you have logged 15 profitable days. It is your money, held, not taken.
Can I withdraw before the cushion is full? No. The cushion fills first. On a 50K, your first $1,000 of profit stays in the account, and everything above it is withdrawable daily.
Can I withdraw before the fifteen days are done? Yes, anything above the cushion. The fifteen days only decide when the cushion itself becomes withdrawable.
What counts as a profitable day? A session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size: $75 on the 25K, $150 on the 50K, $225 on the 75K, $300 on the 100K, $450 on the 150K. Closing at $140 on a 50K is a green day, but it does not count. A $600 day counts as one day, not more.
Do the fifteen days have to be in a row? No. Losing days in between do not reset anything. Only the count of profitable days matters, and there is no deadline.
Does withdrawing change my loss floor? No. The floor trails on best close and never reacts to a withdrawal. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
How do I unlock my Reserve? First hit both marks: 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. They are the same 15 days that unlock your cushion, so one count does both. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
Is the cushion the same as my Reserve? No. The Reserve is your converted sim profit. The cushion is profit earned on the live account. Both use the same count of 15 profitable days, and the Reserve also needs $5,000 in total live profits before its first unlock. Each live account has its own cushion and its own count.
Can I hedge? No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
What happens if I lose my live account? The account closes with whatever balance is in it, including any cushion still held. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
How often are payouts? Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits above the cushion and your unlocked Reserve.
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
How much of my sim profit converts? Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
How does the loss floor move? Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
Is there a daily loss limit? No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
What is the Live Cushion? Half of your starting loss floor, $1,000 on a 50K. Your first profits fill it and it stays in the account until you have logged 15 profitable days. It is your money, held, not taken.
Can I withdraw before the cushion is full? No. The cushion fills first. On a 50K, your first $1,000 of profit stays in the account, and everything above it is withdrawable daily.
Can I withdraw before the fifteen days are done? Yes, anything above the cushion. The fifteen days only decide when the cushion itself becomes withdrawable.
What counts as a profitable day? A session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size: $75 on the 25K, $150 on the 50K, $225 on the 75K, $300 on the 100K, $450 on the 150K. Closing at $140 on a 50K is a green day, but it does not count. A $600 day counts as one day, not more.
Do the fifteen days have to be in a row? No. Losing days in between do not reset anything. Only the count of profitable days matters, and there is no deadline.
Does withdrawing change my loss floor? No. The floor trails on best close and never reacts to a withdrawal. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
How do I unlock my Reserve? First hit both marks: 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. They are the same 15 days that unlock your cushion, so one count does both. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
Is the cushion the same as my Reserve? No. The Reserve is your converted sim profit. The cushion is profit earned on the live account. Both use the same count of 15 profitable days, and the Reserve also needs $5,000 in total live profits before its first unlock. Each live account has its own cushion and its own count.
− I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live? Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
Can I hedge? No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
What happens if I lose my live account? The account closes with whatever balance is in it, including any cushion still held. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
How often are payouts? Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits above the cushion and your unlocked Reserve.
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Device Sharing | Funded Futures Family Help CenterSep 25
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Permitted Times to Trade | Funded Futures Family Help CenterTrading close deadline changed from 4:15 pm EST to 4:45 pm EST, and break duration between market close and reopening reduced from 1 hour 45 minutes to 1 hour 15 minutes.Sep 25
Read the live article ↗All Funded Futures Family changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Family ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− You are allowed to trade from market open to market close, as long as the market is open! All trades must close by 4:15 pm EST, and you can reopen trades at 6:00 pm EST. You are free to trade overnight or at any time during the trading day, but you cannot trade during the 1 hour and 45-minute break between 4:15 pm EST and 6:00 pm EST, as the market is technically closed during this period. If you do not close your trade, don't worry! Your account won’t be breached. The trades will automatically close for you at 4:15 pm EST. So, you can relax, knowing your positions will be managed even if you forget to close them manually. 🙂
After
+ You are allowed to trade from market open to market close, as long as the market is open! All trades must close by 4:45 pm EST, and you can reopen trades at 6:00 pm EST. You are free to trade overnight or at any time during the trading day, but you cannot trade during the 1 hour and 15-minute break between 4:45 pm EST and 6:00 pm EST, as the market is technically closed during this period. If you do not close your trade, don't worry! Your account won’t be breached. The trades will automatically close for you at 4:45 pm EST. So, you can relax, knowing your positions will be managed even if you forget to close them manually. 🙂
− You are allowed to trade from market open to market close, as long as the market is open! All trades must close by 4:15 pm EST, and you can reopen trades at 6:00 pm EST. You are free to trade overnight or at any time during the trading day, but you cannot trade during the 1 hour and 45-minute break between 4:15 pm EST and 6:00 pm EST, as the market is technically closed during this period. If you do not close your trade, don't worry! Your account won’t be breached. The trades will automatically close for you at 4:15 pm EST. So, you can relax, knowing your positions will be managed even if you forget to close them manually. 🙂
+ You are allowed to trade from market open to market close, as long as the market is open! All trades must close by 4:45 pm EST, and you can reopen trades at 6:00 pm EST. You are free to trade overnight or at any time during the trading day, but you cannot trade during the 1 hour and 15-minute break between 4:45 pm EST and 6:00 pm EST, as the market is technically closed during this period. If you do not close your trade, don't worry! Your account won’t be breached. The trades will automatically close for you at 4:45 pm EST. So, you can relax, knowing your positions will be managed even if you forget to close them manually. 🙂
PremierTopstep · How IDV/Identity Verification Works | Topstep Help CenterSep 25
PremierMyFundedFutures · Understanding the Difference Between Account Resets and Renewals | My Funded Futures Help CenterSep 25
PremierE8 Markets · Trading Policies and Prohibited Trading Strategies (mandatory duplicate) | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesSep 25
PremierDayTraders.com · DT Games – Frequently Asked Questions | DayTraders.com Help CenterSep 25
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/getting-started/apex-live-prop-trading-program-faqInitial contract limit reduced from 10 mini/100 micro contracts to 3 mini/30 micro contracts, plus 4 other changes including Bonus Vault eligibility clarifications.Sep 24
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
− The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders are not able to have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
−
| Rule | Requirement |
|---|---|
| Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or third attempt. |
−
| Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts. |
|---|---|
| Open Second Chance accounts | Up to 5 open Second Chance accounts at a time max. |
− Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into.
− Carry-forward rule | Passed Second Chance accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Second Chance account must be passed.
− Is there a limit to the number of Second Chance attempts?
− No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the Second Chance Eval-to-Live product.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
− The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into on the second chance is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
− Can I trade different strategies in multiple Second Chance accounts?
− Yes. A trader may have up to 5 open Second Chance accounts at one time to trade different strategies. However, only one live account will be available after returning to live trading.
− Please note: The number of Second Chance (requalification) Accounts does not determine the eligible number of potential live accounts. This number is determined solely by the original allocation based on Performance Accounts initially graduated when entering the live program. In the event a trader has multiple Second Chance Accounts opened, and one is passed, the remaining Second Chance Accounts will be closed.
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
− There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 5 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
Can I trade overnight?
No. All trades must be closed by 4:50 PM ET. Overnight holding through market close is not permitted.
Can I use automation or trade algorithms?
No. Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed in the live program.
Can I use a VPN?
You may not use VPNs, proxy servers, cloud servers, anonymizing tools, or other methods to misrepresent, conceal, or disguise your identity, device, or location for the purpose of evading Apex rules, security controls, geographic restrictions, prior violations, or any illegal, fraudulent, deceptive, or abusive conduct.
Can someone else trade my account?
No. Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account.
What happens if I violate the live trading rules?
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or other Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
After
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
+ The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
| Topic | Apex Live Program Summary |
|---|
Live selection | Apex may move a trader into live trading at any time based on trading style, P&L, account count, speed of simulated profit accumulation, and trader history with Apex.
Simulated accounts | Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts are closed or deactivated when the trader is selected for live. Live prop status and simulated status cannot be active at the same time.
Evaluation Accounts | Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
Performance Accounts | Open Performance Accounts are deactivated. Simulated profit balances in profitable Performance Accounts are tracked in the Bonus Vault.
| Starting live balance | $0 starting balance. |
|---|---|
| Initial drawdown | $3,000 end-of-day drawdown. |
+
| Starting live balance | $0 starting balance. |
|---|---|
| Initial contract limit | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts. |
| Initial daily loss limit | No Daily Loss Limit at Level 1. |
Number of Live Accounts | Max 5 Live Accounts based on number of eligible Sim PA Accounts were held. Live traders start with one account and must meet scaling qualification to add on each additional account up to a max of 5
| Profit split | 90% to the trader / 10% to Apex on live trading profits. |
|---|
Live payout requests | Daily payout requests are available, with a $500 minimum request amount and enough available live profit to cover the request.
Safety Net | Once the profit balances reaches $3,100 the EOD drawdown will stop and the maximum loss limit will be locked at + $100. If the account balance dips down to $100 or below, the Live Account will be closed.The $3,100 “safety net” is maintained in the account to allow buffer / cushion for drawdown. Payout requests are not available on safety net balances until account closure.Payout requests can be made on profit amounts above the Safety Net level of $3,100.
Bonus Vault | A tracking ledger of potential eligible simulated profit balances from deactivated Simulated / Demo Performance Accounts. This is not real money, not real profits, not real gains, not live funds, and not a cash account. There are no rights, obligations, duties, gains, or actual stored value in the “Bonus Vault”, it is simply a tracking report.
+ Bonus Vault payout | Eligible traders may receive a monthly 20% Bonus Vault bonus based on live withdrawals, until the Bonus Vault is depleted, subject to Apex approval and active-account requirements. Traders may be eligible to receive a 40% Bonus Vault bonus on their first payout month.
Inactivity | Live accounts are intended for active trading. Accounts with no trading activity for a month or past 30 days may be closed.
Live failure path | In the event live accounts are blown, Apex offers the opportunity for a requalification path
1. Program Overview
What is the Apex Live Prop Trading Program?
The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is the next step for selected traders who have demonstrated performance in the Apex simulated environment, that shows it is time for a different path forward. It is not an introductory evaluation account and it is not a simulated Performance Account. It is a separate live prop trading department with its own onboarding process, live member system, documentation, risk oversight, payout process, and trading rules.
Is moving to live trading automatic?
No. Apex reserves the right to move a trader out of the simulated environment and into the live environment at any time. The decision may be based on observed discipline, consistency, risk management ability, strategy or system performance, total lifetime Sim Payouts, trading style, P&L balances, speed of simulated profit accumulation, trader history with Apex, and any other information Apex considers relevant.
When does Apex begin monitoring a trader for possible live selection?
In general, a trader may begin to be monitored for potential live candidacy after one or more of the following occurs:
For Example:
- Three consecutive withdrawals from one single Simulated PA account.
- Accumulated total simulated profit balances across accounts that indicate the level of trading activity should be generated in the live markets.
Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
What happens to my Performance Accounts?
Performance Accounts are deactivated when you move into live trading. Any open Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Does a Performance Account need to have had a payout to be included in the Bonus Vault?
No. A Performance Account is not required to have had at least one payout in order to be considered for the Bonus Vault. Any open Performance Account with a positive simulated profit balance may be included in the total Bonus Vault amount.
What happens to Performance Accounts with no simulated profit balance?
Only open Performance Accounts with positive simulated profit balances are included in the Bonus Vault total. Accounts without eligible simulated profit balances do not add to the Bonus Vault.
3. The Bonus Vault
What is the Bonus Vault?
The Bonus Vault is a tracking ledger that records the total eligible simulated profit balances from your deactivated Apex Performance Accounts when you move to live trading. It is called a vault for tracking purposes only.
The Bonus Vault is not real money. It is not live trading capital. It is not a bank account, brokerage account, cash account, trust account, or separate account holding real funds. It is simply a tracked amount that may be used to calculate potential Bonus Vault bonus payouts based on your live trading withdrawals and continued eligibility.
Why did Apex create the Bonus Vault?
+ Apex designed the Bonus Vault so traders who built simulated profit balances in Performance Accounts have an opportunity to benefit from that effort after moving into live trading. Instead of requiring all simulated balances to be forfeited when the trader transitions to live, Apex tracks eligible simulated Performance Account balances and allows eligible traders to receive a monthly bonus tied to live trading withdrawals.
How is the Bonus Vault amount calculated?
When you move to live trading, Apex totals the eligible simulated profit balances from your open, profitable Performance Accounts. That total becomes your Bonus Vault tracking amount.
Example: If you have 5 Performance Accounts with $2,000 of simulated profit balance in each account when you move to live, Apex tracks $10,000 in your Bonus Vault.
How do Bonus Vault payouts work?
While your live account is active and you are making live withdrawals, you may be eligible for a Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of your monthly live withdrawals. That bonus amount is deducted from your remaining Bonus Vault balance.
Bonus Vault example
| Step | Example |
|---|
Simulated balances at transition | 5 Performance Accounts x $2,000 each = $10,000 tracked in the Bonus Vault.
| Live withdrawal request | Trader requests a $10,000 live payout. |
|---|
Live profit split | Trader receives $9,000 from live profits, and Apex keeps $1,000 under the 90/10 split.
Bonus Vault bonus | Trader is eligible for a 20% Bonus Vault bonus based on the $10,000 live withdrawal request, which equals $2,000.
Total payout to trader | $9,000 live profit share + $2,000 Bonus Vault bonus = $11,000 total.
| Remaining Bonus Vault | The Bonus Vault is reduced by $2,000, leaving $8,000. |
|---|
Are Bonus Vault payouts daily or monthly?
Live trading withdrawals may be requested daily, but Bonus Vault payments are calculated and sent once per month. Bonus Vault payments are sent on the 15th of the following month.
Example: If you trade during March and make $10,000 of eligible live withdrawal requests during March, you may be eligible for a $2,000 Bonus Vault bonus. That Bonus Vault payment would be sent on April 15, subject to Apex approval and all eligibility requirements.
How does the Bonus Vault work in my first month?
+ During the first calendar month in which you request a payout on your live account(s), you may be eligible for a 40% Bonus Vault bonus. The bonus eligibility period begins with your first approved Live payout and continues through the end of that calendar month.
+ Example: If your first approved Live payout is $5,000 on March 5, you may be eligible for a $2,000 Bonus Vault bonus. You may continue to be eligible for a 40% Bonus Vault bonus on any additional approved Live payouts through March 31 (the end of the calendar month). Any approved Live payouts after March 31 would not qualify for the 40% Bonus Vault bonus. Bonus Vault payments are issued on the 15th of the following month, subject to approval and all eligibility requirements.
Do I have to keep the live account active to receive the Bonus Vault payout?
+ Yes. To be eligible for the Bonus Vault bonus payment on the 15th of the following month, your live account must still be active through the final day of the current calendar month. If the live account is blown or closed before the 1st of the following month, the Bonus Vault bonus for that month is no longer eligible to be paid, and that amount remains in the Bonus Vault balance.
+ How does the vault work when I have multiple accounts?
+ For the purposes of the Bonus Vault payouts, both in the first month and subsequent months, Bonus Vault eligibility is tied directly to the account from which the live payouts were requested.
+ For example, in March, a trader has three active live accounts and has requested one payout of $5,000 from each of the accounts. At the close of business on March 31st, one of the accounts has been blown and is no longer active, while the other two remain in active status. In this event, the payout requests, totaling $10,000 from the two still active accounts may qualify for the Bonus Vault Bonus of 20% or $2,000 (40% if this is the first month in which a trader has requested a payout).
Does the Bonus Vault expire immediately if I lose my first live account?
No. During the first three live attempts, 100% of your Bonus Vault balance remains available, subject to the program rules and eligibility requirements. If you lose the live account on the first or second attempt, go through the required process, and return to live trading, your full Bonus Vault balance remains available.
What happens to the Bonus Vault after a third live account failure?
+ After the third live account cycle, a risk manager will review the situation and determine whether an invitation will be offered for another round of the program, and if any special limitations or customized trading program needs to be put in place to help with progression or areas of improvement. If a fourth round option is not offered in the live environment, then access to ongoing simulated products, accounts, services, simulated rewards payouts, or Bonus Vault bonus options will no longer be available.
+ If Apex does offer a fourth or latter round, the remaining Bonus Vault balance may be reduced by a certain percentage. Special probation guidelines may also apply.
4. Live Account Structure
How many live accounts will I receive?
The Apex Live Prop Trading Program starts with one live account with one uniform account structure. The live account is not based on separate $25K, $50K, $100K, or similar simulated account sizes.
Traders start with one live account while they adjust to live trading conditions. Once the account live profit balance reaches $4,500 in profits, an additional account may be added, based on the eligible maximum allowed. This process continues until they have up to five live accounts max, based on eligibility. Each account has the same parameters as the first one.
What is the starting live account balance?
The live account starts with a $0 balance.
What is the initial drawdown?
The live account starts with a $3,000 end-of-day drawdown.
How does the $3,000 end-of-day drawdown work?
Once the live account profit balance reaches +$3,100, the end-of-day drawdown locks at +$100. If the account balance ever reaches $100 or less, the live account will be closed.
This structure is designed to encourage the trader to build a safety cushion and protect the account during the earliest stage of live trading.
5. Account Growth and Scaling Plan
** THE FASTEST SCALING LIVE TRADING PLAN IN THE INDUSTRY! **
+ Apex uses a live account growth and scaling structure based on live account profit balance. As the live account grows, the account may move into higher levels with higher contract limits and/or larger protective Daily Loss Limits.
+ Not only are traders able to scale the contract limits in one account, but traders may also scale up to trading 5 Live Accounts simultaneously!
| Level | Live Profit Balance | Contract Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Notes |
|---|
+ Level 1 | $0 – $10,000 | 3 mini / 30 micro | No DLL | $0 starting balance, $3,000 EOD drawdown, no contract scaling, no consistency rule.
+ Level 2 | $10,000 – $50,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro | $5,000 DLL | DLL is intended as a larger protective limit for flash-crash events or outages, not as a tight daily cap.
+ Level 3 | $50,000+ | Custom review | Custom review | Trader may continue under Level 2 or request a meeting with a risk manager to customize a plan.
+ What happens at Level 3?
+ At Level 3, a trader may choose to continue under the Level 2 program, or the trader may request a meeting with a risk manager to discuss a customized plan. A trader at this level may also be considered for additional opportunities, which may include larger accounts, corporate portfolio management, additional markets or instruments, and further coaching or training.
Additional opportunities may also include potential staff-level, employee-level, salary, special bonus, corporate benefit, team lead, management, team performance bonus, training, coaching, and Apex live event opportunities. These opportunities are not guaranteed and are subject to Apex review and approval.
Can a payout move my account down to a lower level?
Yes. Payout requests reduce the live account profit balance. If a payout moves the account balance below a level threshold, the system update at the end of the day may place the account under the lower level parameters, until it crosses back over the next level requirements. This updates at the end of each trading day.
Example: If your live account is at Level 2 and you request a payout that lowers the profit balance below $10,000, the account may update to Level 1 parameters for contract amounts and Daily Loss Limit rules.
How many live accounts am I eligible for?
+ The number of live accounts a trader may be eligible to receive is designated at the time of graduation to live, by the number of PA accounts active at the time of graduation
+ Traders with 1 to 4 PA accounts at graduation will receive eligibility to have up to the equivalent number of live accounts (Example: 3 PA accounts were open at the time of graduation; this trader would be eligible for up to three live accounts.
Traders with 5 or more PA accounts at graduation may be eligible for the maximum of 5 live accounts
How do I activate additional live accounts?
At the time your first account reaches a profit of $4500 or more, you may request a second account. The initial account must maintain a balance of $4500 until the second account is enabled.
As each new account is created, that new account must reach a profit of $4500 or more, and a trader may request another account, up to the maximum of 5 live accounts.
If any account is failed, the trader will continue to focus on the active live accounts without the possibility of new accounts being created.
If all live accounts are failed, the trader may return to the requalification / second-chance program per the guidelines of this program.
6. Live Payout Program
What is the live profit split?
Live trading profits are split 90/10: 90% to the trader and 10% to Apex.
How often can I request a live payout?
You may request live payouts daily.
Is there a minimum payout request amount?
Can I request the entire account balance?
Payout requests may only be made from profits above the $3,100 safety net level. This is designed to help protect new live accounts during the highest-risk early stage, build a cushion, and improve the long-term potential of the account. Payout request of amounts within the safety net range are only available after 90 days of trading the live account and would cause the account to be closed and future cycles into the live trading environment would no longer be available.
Are live payout requests denied or reviewed?
Live payout requests are not subject to the same simulated-account payout rules and guidelines. To be processed, a live payout request must still meet the $500 minimum request amount, have enough available live profit above the safety net to cover the request, and comply with all account status, payment, security, and compliance requirements.
How long does payout processing take?
Approved live profits are withdrawn and sent to Payment Service Processing within 48 hours of the request.
How do live payouts affect the Bonus Vault?
Eligible live withdrawals may create eligibility for a monthly Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of the total monthly live withdrawal amount, until the Bonus Vault is depleted and subject to all eligibility requirements.
7. Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms
Does Apex charge an account fee for the live account?
No. Apex does not bill a monthly recurring fee or an up-front one-time fee for the live account itself.
Are there professional data fees?
+ Yes. As a live trader, you are considered a professional trader for data purposes. Professional data feeds are approximately $150 per month. Apex covers the expense of the initial main data fee. If you trade special or specific instruments that require additional data fees, those additional fees are the trader’s responsibility and may be added on and purchased through the platform by credit card.
Who sets commissions?
Commissions are set by the broker.
What platform requirements apply?
If you use a platform other than Tradovate or NinjaTrader, you must make sure the charting platform is compatible with Ninja Brokerage. You will need a live license key version of the platform to connect to live data and live trading. A temporary, trial, or demo-only platform license will not connect to live trading. If you choose to use that platform, you are responsible for upgrading to a live license key at your own expense.
8. Inactivity Rule
Is there an inactivity rule?
Yes. Live accounts are intended for ongoing active trading. Apex incurs monthly fees on these accounts, and live traders are treated as professional traders for data purposes.
If there are no trades on the account, or the account is not actively traded for the month or for the past 30 days, the account may be closed.
Can I request an extension if I will be away?
Yes. If you need an extension because you are going out of town, out of the country, or otherwise need time away from trading, submit a ticket to the live help desk before the inactivity issue occurs.
What happens if an account is closed for inactivity?
If the account is closed for inactivity before the account has reached the safety net level and locked the drawdown, the trader is not eligible for payouts from that account upon closure. Profits over the safety net will be paid out to the trader. Safety net amounts are available to be distributed if the account has at least 90 days of executed trading. Accounts closed for inactivity are not eligible for Bonus Vault payout bonuses.
9. Live Account Failure and the Path Back to Live
What happens if I lose or blow the live account?
+ If you are moved to live trading and lose the live account(s), you may choose to take part in the requalification process to return to live trading. Details of the requalification program may be found below.
Based on the circumstances, trading style, or behavior that caused the account failure, a live trading risk manager may offer suggestions or guidance before you return.
Can I return to the normal simulated Evaluation and Performance Account process?
Only with a special exception from a risk manager. If a risk manager grants an exception, the trader may be limited in the number of simulated Performance Accounts available and may also be limited in the amount of simulated payouts available in those accounts.
For example, a trader may be limited to a maximum of three Performance Accounts in simulation. Once the trader achieves the first payout from those accounts, the trader may then be automatically moved back into live trading.
What happens if I lose the live account a second time?
+ The same process applies: by following the special requalification Eval-to-Live process to return to live trading.
Does the Bonus Vault remain available after the first or second live account failure?
Yes. During the first three live attempts, the full 100% Bonus Vault balance remains available, subject to all Bonus Vault rules and eligibility requirements.
What happens after a third live account failure?
After a third live account failure, a risk manager will review the situation and determine whether Apex will offer an invitation for another round of the live prop program.
If Apex does not offer a fourth round, no more simulated products, accounts, services, or payouts of simulated amounts will be available to the trader, including the Bonus Vault.
+ If Apex does offer a fourth or latter round, a percentage of the remaining Bonus Vault balance will be available for future Bonus Vault payouts. Special probation guidelines may also apply.
What probation guidelines may apply on a fourth round or during risk review?
Probation or risk-support guidelines may include, but are not limited to:
- Smaller starting contract size.
- Contract scaling.
- Daily Loss Limits.
- Consistency rule requirements.
- Minimum trading day requirements between payouts.
- Minimum profit day requirements between payouts.
- A required safety net buffer, where withdrawals may only be made above the buffer amount.
Section: 10. Requalification Process: Eval-to-Live Product
+ 10. Requalification Process: Eval-to-Live Product
+ Requalification
+ The Requalification Eval-to-Live product is designed for traders who have lost a live account and want to work their way back into the live trading program.
| Rule | Requirement |
|---|
+ Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or any subsequent attempt.
| Minimum days to pass | 5 days. |
|---|---|
| Consistency rule | 40%. |
| Minimum daily profit requirement | $250 per day profit required. |
| Drawdown type | Live intraday drawdown. |
| Profit target | $4,000. |
| Trailing drawdown | $2,000. |
Done-for-Now Loss Limit | $1,000. Each negative $1,000 triggers a Done-for-Now flatten event.
+ Flatten Event | Open trades are closed and flattened. The trader is not locked out until the next day and may continue trading that same day if they choose.
| Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts. |
|---|
+ Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned
+ Carry Forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Requalification account must be passed.
+ Is there a limit to the number of Requalification attempts?
+ No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the requalification Eval-to-Live product. Only one requalification account may be purchased at a time.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
+ The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into the live environment is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
+ Do requalification accounts expire?
+ No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
+ There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 3 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
Can I trade overnight?
No. All trades must be closed by 4:50 PM ET. Overnight holding through market close is not permitted.
Can I use automation or trade algorithms?
No. Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed in the live program.
Can I use a VPN?
You may not use VPNs, proxy servers, cloud servers, anonymizing tools, or other methods to misrepresent, conceal, or disguise your identity, device, or location for the purpose of evading Apex rules, security controls, geographic restrictions, prior violations, or any illegal, fraudulent, deceptive, or abusive conduct.
Can someone else trade my account?
No. Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account.
What happens if I violate the live trading rules?
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or other Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
− The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders are not able to have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
+ The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
−
| Rule | Requirement |
|---|---|
| Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or third attempt. |
+ Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or any subsequent attempt.
−
| Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts. |
|---|---|
| Open Second Chance accounts | Up to 5 open Second Chance accounts at a time max. |
− Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into.
− Carry-forward rule | Passed Second Chance accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Second Chance account must be passed.
− Is there a limit to the number of Second Chance attempts?
− No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the Second Chance Eval-to-Live product.
+ Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned
+ Carry Forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Requalification account must be passed.
+ Is there a limit to the number of Requalification attempts?
+ No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the requalification Eval-to-Live product. Only one requalification account may be purchased at a time.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
− The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into on the second chance is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
− Can I trade different strategies in multiple Second Chance accounts?
− Yes. A trader may have up to 5 open Second Chance accounts at one time to trade different strategies. However, only one live account will be available after returning to live trading.
− Please note: The number of Second Chance (requalification) Accounts does not determine the eligible number of potential live accounts. This number is determined solely by the original allocation based on Performance Accounts initially graduated when entering the live program. In the event a trader has multiple Second Chance Accounts opened, and one is passed, the remaining Second Chance Accounts will be closed.
+ The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into the live environment is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
+ Do requalification accounts expire?
+ No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
− There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 5 planning.
+ There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 3 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
Can I trade overnight?
No. All trades must be closed by 4:50 PM ET. Overnight holding through market close is not permitted.
Can I use automation or trade algorithms?
No. Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed in the live program.
Can I use a VPN?
You may not use VPNs, proxy servers, cloud servers, anonymizing tools, or other methods to misrepresent, conceal, or disguise your identity, device, or location for the purpose of evading Apex rules, security controls, geographic restrictions, prior violations, or any illegal, fraudulent, deceptive, or abusive conduct.
Can someone else trade my account?
No. Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account.
What happens if I violate the live trading rules?
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or other Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
